PB-223 345
A STUDY OF  INSTITUTIONAL SOLID WASTES
WEST VIRGINIA UNIVERSITY
PREPARED  FOR
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
SEPTEMBER  1973
                           DISTRIBUTED BY:
                           National Technical Information Service
                           U. S. DEPARTMENT OF  COMMERCE

-------
4. Title and Subtitle

    A  STUDY OF  INSTITUTIONAL  SOLID WASTES
 BIBLIOGRAPHIC DATA
 SHEET
                  1. Report No.
teport No.
EPA-670/2-73-083
I j. necipienc s *.i_i.c.a..	>••••
   PB-223 345      _
5. "Report Date
  1973  issuing date
                                                          6.
7. Author(s)
         J. C.  Burchinal
                                       8- Performing Organization Rept.
                                         No.
 . Performing Organization Name and Address
 Professor of Civil  Engineering
 West  Virginia  University
 Morgantown, West  Virginia
                                                           10. Project/Task/Work Unit No.
                                       11. Contract/Grant No.

                                         EP-00265
12. Sponsoring Organization Name and Address
 U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency
 National Environmental Research Center
 Office of Research  and Development
 Cincinnati, Ohio   45268
                                       13. Type of Report & Period
                                         Covered
                                         final
                                       14.
15. Supplementary Notes
16. Abstracts
  Improved systems  and equipment for handling and disposing of solid
  wastes in multi-story buildings, especially institutions, are needed.
  This  study was  undertaken to  analyze various aspects  of the solid  waste
  problem with a  unit approach.   Emphasis was placed on hospital wastes,
  which are a special source  of disease dissemination to the public, be-
  cause of their  disease-organism content.   The study was carried  out at
  the West Virginia Medical Center over a 2-year period and was concerned
  with  the quantities of generation and physical and chemical qualities of
  refuse produced at that time.   Information from the study was coordinatec
  with  similar information obtained in other parts of the country  to as-
  certain compatibility of data and broaden  the data base.   Bacteriologi-
  cal and virological studies are made.  Safetv precautions, costs,  and
  recommended sampling procedures are given.
17. Key Words and Document Analysis.  17a. Descriptors
 *Waste disposal,  *Wastes , '"'Refuse disposal,  Cost engineering, Costs,
 ^Hospitals, *Diseases, Disease  vectors, Data, Data acauisition,  Chemical
 properties, Bacteriology, Virology, Safety,  Sampling
                               NAtfSNAL TECHNICAL
                               INFORMATION SERVICE
                                 U S Deoartmant ol Comm»rc«
                                   SpringlMd. VA. 22151

17b. Idemifiers/Open-Ended Terms

 *Solid waste disposal, Resource  recovery,  *West Virginia  Medical
 Center, *Institutional wastes
17c. COSATI Fie Id/Group 13-B
18. Availability Statement

 Release  to public
                             19. Security Class (This
                               Report)
                                 UNCLASSIFlEn
                                                   Security Class (This
                                                   Page
                                                     UNCLASSIFIED
         21. No. of gages
                                                22. Price
                                                                   USCOMM-DC I4B52-P72

-------
11
                           REVIEW NOTICE






           The Solid Waste Research Laboratory of the




      National Environmental Research Center - Cincinnati,




      U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, has reviewed




      this report and approved its publication.  Approval




      does not signify that the contents necessarily re-




      flect the views and policies of this laboratory or



      of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, nor




      does mention of trade names or commercial products




      constitute endorsement or recommendation for use.



           The text of this report is reproduced by the




      National Environmental Research Center - Cincinnati




      in the form received from the Grantee; new prelimi-




      nary pages have been supplied.

-------
                                                          Ill
                        FOREWORD
     Man and his environerrmt must be protected from the
adverse effects of pesticides, radiation, noise and other
forms of pollution, and the unwise management of solid
waste.  Efforts to protect the environment reauire a
focus that recognizes the interplay between the com-
ponents of our physical environment—air, water, and
land.  The National Environmental Research Centers
provide this multidisciplinary focus through programs
engaged in

       •  studies on the effects of environmental
          contaminants on man and the biosphere, and

       •  a search for ways to prevent contamina-
          tion and to recycle valuable resources.

     In an attempt to solve the problems involved in
solid waste disposal, this study investigated wastes
generated by a public health institution.  Emphasis
was given to hospital wastes because of their disease
organism content, which can be particularly harmful
to man.
                            A. W. Breidenbach, Ph.D.
                            Director
                            National Environmental
                            Research Center, Cincinnati

-------
                                                                              V
                                 PREFACE


NATURE AND SCOPE OF REPORT

     The report herein presented Is a compilation of several  diverse but

coordinated investigative efforts on various aspects of solid waste management

in a teaching hospital (institution) made possible by a grant (EC 00265-02) to

the Department of Civil Engineering, West Virginia University by the Solid Waste

Management Office of the U. S. Environmental Protection Agency (formerly of the

 ,  "3. Public Health Service).

     The research plan on which the grant was based called for a comprehensive

investigation of all solid wastes generated by the teaching and hospital portions

of the University Medical Center complex over a two-year study period.  Studies

of the quantities of refuse produced the physical, chemical, bacteriological,

and virological characteristics of the wastes were undertaken.  Safety consider-

ations, handling costs, and future sampling procedures were spin-offs from this

investigation.  This is a final report of the efforts expended in this study of

institutional solid wastes.


AUTHORSHIP CREDITS

     Authorship credit for information contained in chapters of this report is

due to the following participants in the project:

     Waste Generation          R. Zaltzman, E. G. Cleveland, L. P. Wallace
                                 F. Zepeda

     Physical Characteristics  R. Zaltzman, L. P. Wallace, F. Zepeda

     Chemical Characrer_i•• tji.cs  R. Zaltzman, A. A. Galli, R. L. Morris

     Bacterio?.c g ic aT_ Sr..tJ ^es   R. Zaltzman, D. H. Armstrong, R. J. Smith
                                 J. A. Trigg

     Viro logic-..' .";j; LCS       T. A. DiNicola

     Cost Studies              J. I. Usmiani

-------
VI
             Safety Consideration              J. C. Burchinal

             Introduction

             Problem Evaluation

             Data and  Sample Collection                 J. C. Burchinal

             Recommended Sampling  Procedures            L. P. Wallace

             Summary

             Overall Editing


        ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

             The project staff  is  indebted  to many  individuals for  information,

        cooperation, and assistance  during  the report period.  Among those who have

        been particularly  helpful  are:

             R. Zaltznuin,  Department of  Civil Engineering, West Virginia University
             B. Linsky, Daparttr.ent of Civil Engineering, West Virginia University
             Dr. B. E. Kirk, Department  of  Microbiology, West Virginia University
             Dr. H. A. Wilson, Department of Bacteriology, West Virginia University
             Dr. C. E. Andrews,  Provost  of  Health Sciences, West Virginia University
             H. Harper, Administrative Assistant to the Provost, -West Virginia University
             E. L.  Staples, Director,  University Hospital, West Virginia University
             L. D.  Miller, Associate Director, University Hospital, West Virginia
                                                                       University
             H. George, Executive  Housekeeper, University Hospital, West Virginia
                                                                       University
             Mrs. S. StaallvGod,  Director, Dietary Department, University Hospital,
                                                          West Virginia University
             Dr. D. F. Kohn, Director, Aninal Laboratories, University Hospital,
                                                          Uest Virginia University
             Dr. D. L. Kimrr.al, Chairman, Anatomy Department, University Hospital,
                                                          West Virginia University
             J. A,  Ambrose, Physical Plant, Medical Center, West Virginia University
             3. L.  Gale, Physical  Plant, Solid Waste Collection, West Virginia UniversU;

-------
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                               Page
 Preface	         v
      Nature and Scope of Report	. •	         v
      Authorship Credits	         v
      Acknowledgements	       Y "^
 Table of Contents	      v ^1
 List of Tables	       r*
 List of Figures	       xl

 I  - INTRODUCTION	,	         1
           Need for Study	         1
           Objectives of Study.	         2
           Organization for Study	         3
           Nature and Scope of Study	         4

 II - DATA AND SAMPLE COLLECTION	         5
           Literature Survey and Problem Discussion.	         5
           Facility Description	       11
              Medical Center			       11
              Engineering Laboratories.	       13
           Sampling Procedure.	       13
              Hospital Sampling Procedures.	       14
              Basic Sciences Sampling Procedures	       19
           Initial Sample Preparation	       20

III - SOLID WASTE GENERATION BY MEDICAL  CENTER AND INDIVIDUAL UNITS	       22
           Introduction	       22
           Statistical Procedures	       22
           Results and Discussion	       23
              Total Wastes Generated	       23
              Unit Wastes Generated	       28
              Waste Disposal Practices	       41
           Conclusions and Recommendations	,	       45
              Waste Generation	       45
              Waste Handling. .,	       47
              Facilities - Operational Recommendations	       48

 IV - PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL COMPOSITION  OF MEDICAL CENTER  SOLID  WASTES....       50
           Introduction	       50
           Physical Analyses....«	       50
              Solid Waste Densities	       52
              Waste Classification	       55
           Conclusions.	       53
           Chemical Analysis	       59
              Sample Preparation	       59
              Moisture Content	       59
              Volatile Solids  Content	       70
              Ash Residue.	       71
              Gross Calorific  Value	       72
              Sulfur Content	       73
              Phosphorus Content	       74
              Nitrogen Content	       75
              Carbon Content	       75
              Hydrogen Content	       76

-------
  Vlll

                                                                               Page
  V - BACTERIOLOGICAL AND VIROLOGICAL STUDIES	        78
           Introduction	        78
           PHASE 1 •  Bacteriological Studies	        78
              Methods and Materials	        79
              Collection and Preparation of Samples	        80
              Analysis	•	        81
              Results and Discussion	        85
              Conclusions	        91

           PHASE 2 -  Bacteriological Studies	        92
              Collection of Samples	        92
              Analys is	        93
              Results and Discussion	<	        97
              Conclusions	       116

           PHASE 3 -  Bacteriological Studies	«	       117
              Solid Waste Handling	       118
              Methods and Materials	       119
              Results and Discussion	       122
              Conclusions	       132

           Virological Studies	       133
              Introduct ion	       133
              Methods and Materials	       133
              Results and Discussion 	       137
              Persistence Studies	       142
              Conclusions	       156

 VI - SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, COSTS AND RECOMMENDED SAMPLING PROCEDURE *	       160
           Safety Precautions	k	       160
           Solid Wastes Handl ing Costs	       161
           Recommended Sampling Procedures	       162

VII - SUMMARY	       164

  List of References	       169

  Appendix A	       177

  Appendix B	       188

  Appendix C	•.	       205

-------
                                                                                IX
Table II-l
Table II-2

Table III-1
Table III-2
Table III-3
Table III-4
Table III-5
Table III-6

Table III-7
Table III-8

Table IV-1
Table IV-2
Table IV-3

Table IV-4

Tahle IV-5
Table IV-6
Table IV-7
Table IV-8
Table IV-9
Table IV-10
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
IV-11
IV-12
IV-13
IV-14
IV-15
IV-16
IV-17
IV-18
IV-19
IV-20
IV-21
Table V-l
Table V-2
Table V-3
Table V-4
Table V-5
Table V-6
Table V-7

Table V-8

Table V-9
                            LIST OF TABLES

                                                                        Page
         Hospital stations and sampling frequency	   15
         Basic Sciences stations and sampling frequency	   17
         Daily solid waste generation totals.	
         Comparison of solid waste generation rates	
         Solid waste generation by hospital units (Initial Study)	
         Solid waste generation by hospital units (Supplemental Study).
         Solid waste generation by basic sciences units (Initial Study)
         Solid waste generation by basic sciences units (Supplemental..
                                                            Study)
         Personnel classifications and room use categories
         Solid waste generation equations
Weight-volume relationships	
Mean hourly solid waste generation totals	
Hospital areas generating wastes and their typical waste
     products	
Additional hospital areas generating wastes and their typical
     waste products	
A.P.W.A. classification of refuse materials	
Medical Center classification of refuse materials	
Unit weight by categories	
Daily hospital refuse generation by category	
Daily Basic Sciences refuse generation by category	
Mean Medical Center and food service waste generation by
     category	
Sampling data for the main kitchen	
Moisture content	
Volatile solids content	
Ash residue	
Gross calorific value	
Sulfur content	
Phosphorus content	
Nitrogen content	
Carbon content	
Hydrogen content	
Chemical test comparisons	
         Total and individual counts	
         Microbial counts of organisms in Groups I-V	
         Counts of specific organisms in Groups III and V	
         Geometric mean of bacterial counts	
         Airborne bacterial counts from loose refuse	
         Airborne bacterial counts from bagged refuse	
         Frequency distribution of total colonies of bagged and loose
              refuse	
         Distribution of colonies from loose and bagged refuse on
              Anders en Sampler stages	
         Effect on virus recovery of autoclaving and pulverizing solid
              waste samples prior to artificial contamination with
              vaccinia virus, Poliovirus 1 or Coxsackievirus A-9	
 24
 25
 29
 31
 32
 33

 35
 39

 53
 54

 56

 57
 58
 59
 60
 64
 65

 66
 67
 70
 71
 72
 73
 74
 75
 75
 76
 76
 77

 98
101
104
108
123
124

126

131
                                                                               139

-------
LIST OF TABLES  (continued)

Table V-10   Lffect  of  the  pH  of  the  extraction medium upon the recovery
                  of  virus  from autoclaved,  yalverized samples  of solid
                  waste  artifically contaminated 24  hours  previously
                  with vaccinia virus,  Policvirus 1,  Coxsackievirus
                  A-9 and  influenza virus  PR-8	
Table V-ll   Recovery of  Poliovirus 1 and Coxsackievirus  A-9 from arti-
                  fically  contaminated solid waste suspended in distilled
                  water	
Table V-12   Persistence  of vaccinia  virus,  Poliovirus 1,  Coxsackievirus
                  A-9 and  influenza virus  PR-8 on cotton balls  at room
                  temperature	
Table V-13   Persistence  of vaccinia  virus,  Poliovirus 1,,  Coxsackievirus
                  A-9 and  influenza virus  PR-8 on paper towels  at room
                  temperature	
Table V-14   Persistance  of vaccinia  virus,  Poliovirus 1,  Coxsackievirus
                  A-9 and  influenza virus  PR-8 on cotton cloth  at room
                  temperature	
""able V-15   Persistance  of vaccinia  virus,  Poliovirus 1,  Coxsackievirus
                  A-9 and  influenza virus  PR-8 on surgical gauze at room
                  temperature	
Tible V-16   Persistance  of vaccinia  virus,  Poliovirus 1,  Coxsackievirus
                  A-9 and  influenza virus  PR-8 on wax coated paper cups at
                  room  temperature	
Table V-17   Persistance  of vaccinia  virus,  Poliovirus 1,  Coxsackievirus
                  A-9 and  influenza virus  PR-8 on an autoclaved,  pulverized
                  solid  waste mixture  at room temperature	
Table V-18   Persistance  of vaccinia  virus,  Poliovirus 1,  Coxsackievirus
                  A-9 and  influenza virus  PR-8 on an autoclaved,  pulverized
                  sample of office papers  at room temperature	
Table V-19   Persistance  of vaccinia  virus,  Poliovirus 1,  Coxsackievirus
                  A-9 and  influenza virus  PR-8 on an autoclaved,  pulverized
                  sample of paper  towels,  tissues and bags at room tem-
                  perature	
  able V-20   Persistance  of vaccinia  virus,  Poliovirus 1,  Coxsackievirus
                  A-9 and  influenza virus  PR--8 on an autoclaved,  pulverized
                  sample of paper  and  plastic cups at room temperature	
  able V-21   Persistance  of vaccinia  virus,  Poliovirus 1,  Coxsackievirus
                  A-9 and  influenza virus  PR-8 on an a.atoclaved,  pulverized
                  sample of surgical tapes,  gauze ard bandages  at room
                  temperature	
Table V-22   Effect  on  virus recovery of  pulverizing paper towels after
                  artificial contamination with vaccinia virus,  and Cox-
                  sackievirus A-9.  Transmission cf  virus  from  contaminated
                  to  uncontaminated paper  towels by  direct contact	

Table VI-1   Labor efficiencies for refuse sorting,  sampling and grinding..

Table A-l    Mean hospital unit population - Monday-Friday	
lable A-2    Mean hospital unit population - Saturday-Sunday	
 |able A-3    Mean Basic Sciences  unit population -  Monday-Friday	
Table A-4    Mean daily waste  production	
fable A-5    Solid waste  production rate  calculations	
Table A-6    Soiled  linen quantities	

Table C-l    Hospital  stations and sampling data	
Page
  140


  141


  143


  144


  145


  147


  148


  149


  150



  152


  153



  154



  155

  163

  178
  180
  182
  183
  184
  186

  226

-------
                                                                                  xi

                                LIST OF FIGURES
                                                                              Page

Figure III-l   Solid waste flow chart.	   42

Figure IV-1    Physical analysis process	   51

Figure V-l     Flow diagram for bacteriological examination	   82
Figure V-2     Incinerator and chute closet area	  120
Figure V-3     Anders en sieve sampler			  121
Figure V-4     Colony size distribution - loose refuse	  128
Figure V-5     Colony size distribution - bagged refuse	  129
Figure V-6     Scatter diagram of stage 6 organisms per total organisms per
                    cubic foot of air	  130

Figure C-l     Histogram for bacterial counts Test. 0	  219
Figure C-2     Histogram for bacterial counts Test 1		  220
Figure C-3     Histogram for bacterial counts Test 2.	  221
Figure C-4     Histogram for bacterial counts Test 3	  222
Figure C-5     Histogram for bacterial counts Test 4	  223
Figure C-6     Brewer anaerobic jar	  225
Figure C-7     Comparison of the total microbial counts for 15 nursing
                    stations	  229
Figure C-8     Comparison of the group I bacterial counts for 15 nursing
                    stations	  230
Figure C-9     Comparison of the group TI bacterial counts for 15 nursing
                    stations	  231
Figure C-10    Comparison of the group III bacterial counts for 15 nursing
                    stations	  232
Figure C-ll    Comparison of the group IV bacterial counts for 15 nursing
                    stations	  233
Figure C-12    Comparison of the group V bacterial counts for 15 nursing
                    stations	  234

-------
                               I.  INTRODUCTION







Need for Study



     It is almost unbelievable that multi-million dollar buildings  to  serve




specific purposes would be designed without proper consideration  for the collection




and disposal  of  the  solid wastes being produced by the occupants  of such build-




ings.  Locally and nationally, there has been a lack of progress  in developing




improved systems and equipment for handling and disposing of solid wastes  in




multi-story buildings, especially institutions,,  Newly constructed buildings are




in many cases still  utilizing solid waste handling systems that were conceived




decades ago,  and it  is not unusual to find rows of garbage cans lined up behind




a multi-million dollar monumental building serving today's institutional needs,,




     Since a  great number of institutions are somewhat repetitious in the  solid




waste which they produce, it appeared that a study could well be  undertaken to




make an analyses of various aspects of the solid waste problem based on a  unit




approach.  Institutional facilities such as hospitals, school buildings, dormi-




tories, and apartments fall under this general description.




     Although tremendous progress has been made in the field of medicine with




new methods and equipment being developed for the care and treatment of hospital




patients, to  date, very little progress has been made in developing new methods




for disposing of solid waste from these institutions.  The large  quantities and




wide diversities of solid wastes handled and disposed by health care facilities




orpa^f a multitude of sanitation, economic, and administrative problems for these




institutions.




     The concentration of people having disease organisms places  solid waste




from hospitals as a potential source of disease dissemination to  the public.




Because of the dearth of reliable data on the characteristics and contamination




potential of  the wastes from medical care facilities, investigations were  needed

-------
to properly characterize the types, quantities, and points of origin of refuse

originating within health care facilities.  With this information, hospital

administrators, designers, public health officials would be in a better position

to develop the necessary solutions in order to properly handle this problem.

Recognizing that there are hospitals in every major community in the United

States, acknowledging that most of these facilities already in existence have
                                                            I
not provided solutions to existing problems, and observing the trend toward the

increased use of single service or "disposable" items, a study, of this nature

was imperative.


Objectives of Study

     As outlined in the proposal accepted by the Solid Waste Management Office

for award of the grant to study the problems of  institutional solid waste, the

following specific aims are enumerated:

     1.  To determine the physical and chemical composition of the solid

         wastes from one medical school and hospital referral complex.

     2.  To determine whether bacteria and viruses are present in significant

         degrees and to do some isolation and identification.

     3.  To provide a classification basis and obtain quantity values for  the

         wastes from the significant floors and departments.

     4.  To establish a safe procedure for studies on potential pathogenic

         wastes.

     5.  To provide information about solid wastes on a waste-producing unit

         basis that can be used by designers in establishing waste handling

         procedures and facilities for hospitals and other medical complexes.

     f.  To develop a sampling procedure that could be used in future solid

         waste studies including statistical analysis of the data to determine

         the percent errors and confidence in the sampling procedure.

-------
     In accomplishing these aims or objectives, reliable data on the character




and quantity of refuse produced would provide a data base to which quantities




expected in the future could be added.  A reliable data base for each of the




various wards, departments, and laboratories of such an institution, would allow




progress to be made in overcoming the problems associated with waste management




in such institutions.






Organization for Study




     The overall project direction was provided by the principal investigator,




Professor J. C. Burchinal, Department of Civil Engineering,  West Virginia




University who has been active in teaching and investigating sanitary engineering




problems for many years.  Cooperation with and by the administrative and opera-




ional personnel of the Medical Center, imperative for successful undertaking of




such a project, was obtained.




     Physical analyses were made in the Civil Engineering Laboratory after




collection and transport from the Medical Center.  Chemical  analyses were made




in the engineering complex with assistance from the Chemical Engineering Depart-




ment when needed.  Virological studies were conducted by the Department of




Microbiology  under the direction of Dr. B. E. Kirk.  Bacteriological studies




were undertaken primarily in the Sanitary Engineering Labs of the Engineering




Sciences Building.  Cost studies were made by direct interrogation of hospital




administrative personnel and examination of hospital documents.   Statistical




studies were made with the assistance of the Statistical Department under the




direction of Dr. S. Wearden, with most analyses being run at the University Computer




Center on the 360/75 IBM computer system.  Project direction of control was maintained




by Professor Burchinal and his staff,  with assistance from Professor R. S. Zaltzman




and with extensive use of graduate students in conducting specific portions of the




study.   In addition,  large numbers of students were employed as part-time collectors

-------
sorters, grinders, and monitors of solid waste generation, production, handling,




and disposal for  the various portions of the study.  The  final report  is  a




compilation of  information obtained  from individual dissertations, theses,  and




problem reports during the course of the two-year study period.






Nature and Scope of Study



     While it would be beneficial to obtain information from many  institutions,




it was decided  to  limit  this investigation to the West Virginia University  Medical




Center complex  because of funds and  distances involved.   The study is  primarily




concerned with  quantities and qualities of refuse being produced at the present




time.  This project did  not try to obtain speculative information  on expected




quantities or changes  in solid waste patterns in future years or in future




institutions.   It  was  felt that with a reliable data base, predictions on future




quantities could  be made as information becomes available.




      Information  from  this study was coordinated with similar information obtained




in other  parts  of  the  country to ascertain compatability  of data and broaden the




data  base.  The project  was conducted over a two-year study period and with




sufficient repetition  to statistically validate results.  Most previous studies




have  been limited  in nature or restricted to total institutional waste output.




Invcot.igations  in  this project concentrated on quantities being produced  at the




i-.uit  level, which  had  never been done before with any statistical  reliability.




     While the  main purpose of this  study was to determine quantities  and types




of wastes produced from  a Medical Center complex, it provided an opportunity to




observe in detail  the waste handling practices of such an institution  and make




i ecommendations for improving such procedures.  This investigation was not




envisioned as a panacea  for all hospital solid waste problems, but rather as a




necessary piece of data  in the total plan to overcome current hospital problems.

-------
                        II.  DATA AND  SAMPLE COLLECTION






Literature Survey and  Problem Discussion




     An extensive literature search was undertaken  to determine what  information




was available  on the problems of hospital solid wastes.  Over 250 documents




dealing with solid waste were reviewed.  Many of these documents had  been




previously abstracted  by Professor R. G. Bond and A. F. Iglar of the  University




of Minnesota School of Public Health.  An annotated Bibliography of these documents




is being  prepared for  publication.




     Generally, the available literature concerned with solid waste disposal  is




written in a "popular" style, i.e. nontechnical and slanted toward the "layman".




Since World War II, however, the literature has become somewhat more  technical




with studies being conducted on particular sanitation or contamination problems.




Very little information was found on  refuse composition and quantities,  except




in a general nature pertaining to waste produced by the entire institution.




Most of the reports published, however, were estimates, and until recently, very




little actual  weighing and measuring  of volumes and  quantities has been accomplished.




     The  problems relating to infectious wastes produced in hospitals has been




recognized for a considerable period  of time.  In 1908, Morse (1) wrote: "The




need for  a sanitary and convenient way for disposal of waste matter has always




been recognized by those in charge of institutions devoted to the prevention and




mitigation of  human suffering."  Morse elaborated on problems related to infectious




waste produced in hospitals and cited records of waste handlers who contracted




fatal diseases from exposure to infected matter.  According to Morse, the first




hospital waste incinerator was installed in 1891 at a New York hospital on West




17th Street.   Prior to  this, all burning of waste was practiced in hospital heat-




ing plants "to the detriment of the boilers."  Lacking any acceptable disposal




alternatives,   public health authorities in the past, have insisted on incinerating

-------
hospital wastes because of their potential infectious nature.  Consequently,

incineration for sterilization and volume reduction is required by statute  in  a

majority of U. S. communities.

     Because a large  portion of the wastes originating in a hospital complex

comes  from the preparation or scrapping of food  its handling and disposal are

important to proper waste management.  According to Overton (2) much of  this

food waste has been sent to  pig farms  in the past.  The balance of waste produced

in a hospital, including the ash removed after incineration, has been deposited  at

private or city dumps  and infrequently at sanitary landfills.

     Four main factors have  gradually  brought about changes in methods of storing,

handling, and  disposing of the diversified types of solid wastes generated  in

medical care institutions:

     1.  Spread of infection        3.  Cost of labor
     2.  Safety of handling  waste    4.  Use of  single-service or disposable
                                                 items

     Literature written about hospital wastes has been directly or indirectly

centered around one or more  of these inter-related factors.  Problems of safely

handling solid wastes  vary from the  increased use of radioactive materials  for

patient care (3,4,5) to the  use of discarded needles and syringes being  picked

up  from waste  disposal areas by drug addicts and children  (6,7,8).  Hospital waste

collectors have been punctured by protruding needles from waste bags and sacks,

or by  placing  arms or  hands  into the waste in order to compress it (9,10).

Waste  disposal activities have been  singled out  as one of  the possible causes  of

increased hospital acquired  infection  (11,12).   Not only is control of the  spread

of disease organisms important to patients and employees within the hospital,  but

it  is  also important to the  population at large.  Letourneau (13,14) has reported

on potential infection from  bandages,  garbage, vomitus, casts, dressings, feces,

and tools and/or equipment used to handle these  wastes.  Consequently, most

hospitals have special procedures for  handling wastes  from contagious disease

patients or from surgical or intensive care areas.  Starkey  (15,16) claims  that

-------
handling of wastes is probably the largest factor in the transmission of




infection, while Bond and Michaelson (15) concluded in their research project that




waste did not disseminate significant amounts of bacterial contamination.  Airborne




contamination resulting from dumping wastes from one receptable to the other has




been verified (18,19).  The use of plastic liners in waste receptacles that can




be closed and the liner removed without dumping contents, or the use of the paper




sack container systems have resulted in a reduction in some of the problems




associated with waste handling (20,21,22,23,24,25,26,27).  These systems have also




reduced labor costs due to the ease of handling refuse in this manner (28,29),




Other labor saving devices used in hospitals and institutions inplude gravity




chutes, grinders, pulpers, compactors,  crushers, and balers to reduce volume,




and in many cases, mechanically handle waste (30).   These devices are not without




problems however.




     Recognizing that gravity chutes can reduce labor, many have been installed




only to become fire hazards because cigarettes or burning materials have been




cropped into them (31,32,33).  Without proper air locks on door openings the chutes




act as chimneys with air rising up and spreading contamination into surrounding




corridors and patient areas (34,35,36,37,38).  The  spread of contamination occurs




as refuse is dropped down from upper floors and the piston action of the wastes




pushes the air out through inadequate doorways into surrounding corridors and




patient areas.




     Grinders have been used and are being used primarily to process food wastes,




and some experiments have been conducted on grinding needles and syringes for dis-




charge to the sewer and transportation to the sewage treatment facility (39,40,41).




Grinders exist that are capable of handling most wastes produced in a hospital




but most sewage  facilities throughout the United States are not capable of accept-




ing such quantities and types of wastes.

-------
     Pulpers are being used  in hospitals with reported savings in labor and  space,




 (42,43,44) but only limited  information is currently available.  Compactors  and




crushers are finding  increased usage  for wastes other than infectious or wastes




having excessive liquid content (45,46,47,48).




     Incinerators  still constitute the major waste reduction equipment used  in




hospitals, but increased air pollution control requirements make most existing




hospital incinerators obsolete (49,50).  Major renovations or the addition of




pollution control  equipment  are usually required.  Increased quantities of wastes




are being imposed  on  already overloaded incinerators resulting in more pollution,




 including particles going up the stack not even burned.  Consequently, poorly




operated or overloaded facilities are not providing bacteriological sterilization




of the waste, but  may indeed be spreading air-borne contamination throughout the




community (51,52).  Incineration of increased quantities of .synthetic materials




mainly polyvinyl chloride, has resulted in high concentrations of chlorine gas




which combines with water to form hydrochloric acid and cause extensive corrision




 in the incinerators and/or air pollution control devices (53,54).




     Recent literature has shown that attempts to reduce the amount of manual




labor for waste handling have resulted in the adoption of automatic or mechanical




techniques from industrial materials handling systems (55,56).  Monorails (57),




automatic elevators (58) automatic conveyors  (59), central vacuum systems (60),




pneumatic tubes (61,62,63) and on-floor incinerators (64) or crushers, are some




of the newer techniques employed in modern hospitals (65,66,67).




     Perhaps the most significant of the four main factors previously enumerated




is the fourth, namely, the increased use of single-service or disposable items




 (68).  Greater patient safety, more convenience, reduced labor resulting in




increased economy  are all claimed to result from the use of single-service items,




Wnile it is true that patient safety and reduction of disease spread are of  prime




importance in hospital operations, disposable items have not necessarily produced




an overall economy to hospitals (69,70).  Labor can be saved in departments

-------
formerly autoclaving or preparing articles for reuse but  labor must  be  increased




in departments that receive, store, distribute, collect and dispose  of  the  single




use  items.  Where disposables replace reusables, these changes have  required  larger




storage areas, larger waste containers, more waste carts, increased  incinerator




loads, and  increased waste handling (47,71,72,73,74,75,76,77).  Costs that  sometimes




do not enter the budgets of smaller hospitals or community-owned hospitals  include




increased disposal costs.  Where hospitals must pay for waste disposal,  they  are




acutely aware of the increased costs disposables have wrought.




     Many disposables do not relate directly to patient safety, but more to patient




convenience.  Everyone concerned with the use of these disposables should be  fully




aware of the load on disposable facilities both in and outside the hospital that




are  caused  by these usages, especially in facilities designed years ago with  grossly




inadequate  waste handling capacities.  The overall environmental impact caused by




decisions to use disposables also needs careful consideration especially in light




of possible uses of complete plastic isolation rooms, operating rooms, disposable




dishes and  linens in general usage, plus types and uses of disposables not presently




expected (78,79,80,81,82).




     Few of the articles reviewed had specific information on the types and quantities




of waste produced.  Because of the tradition in hospitals to report most everything




on a per patient basis, refuse generation figures have varied anywhere from 3




pounds per  patient per day (83) to over 20 pounds per patient per day (84,68).  As




early as 1937 refuse generation was reported at 7 pounds per patient per day  (2)




and as late as 1965, 6 pounds per patient per day was still being reported  (55),




with others reporting at 8 pounds per patient per day (42,47).  In 1966, however




it was reported a staggering 19 pounds per patient per day,  including 8.3 pounds of




garbage and 10.7  pounds of readily burnable materials (69).   The unfortunate  problem




of reporting on a patient per day basis is that this method does not take into

-------
10
    account the type of hospital or the type of service the patient is receiving and




    is therefore misleading.  Consequently, attempts were made to report waste  on  a




    gross population basis which would include not only patients, but total number of




    doctors, nurses, maintenance, and administrative people employed at a hospital




    (85,61).  Quantities  of refuse produced on a per dapita basis also varied but




    over a  smaller range.  Since the patients are there 24 hours per day  and most of




    the workers only on 8 hour  shifts, an equivalent population was defined by  taking




    into account those who would be on duty and patients during an equivalent 8 hour




    shift  (85,61).  In a  comprehensive study conducted in Los Angeles (61) it was




    shown  that when the amount  of refuse produced from seven different hospitals was




    equated to the number of bed patients, values ranged from 3-1/2 pounds per  bed




    patient per day to 16-1/2 pounds per bed patient per day.  Whein the number  of




    doctors, nurses, orderlies, janitors, volunteers, and out-patients, and other




    workers in the hospital was added to make an equivalent population based upon  an




    8 hour  shift, values  from the same seven hospitals ranged between 3 and 5-1/2




    pounds  per capita per day respectively.  This approach seems logical since




    patients requiring extensive care and producing large quantitfes of waste usually




    require a larger number of  attendants to take care of them and supply the materials.




    Thus, by taking into  consideration more than just the patient, we have a more




    realistic approach to waste quantity generation.  By using an'equivalent population,




    hospitals serving different patient needs are more comparable in terms of refuse




    generation, and design criteria can be more meaningful for architects and hospital




    administrators.  No studies were found in the literature pertaining to types




    and quantities of hospital  wastes produced by each unit within the hospital.   Since




    the location of various units of the hospital to sources of supply and disposal




    will significantly affect materials handling costs, it is imperative that this




    unit generation information be ascertained.

-------
                                                                                 11
      Specific  literature as  to the bacteriological or virological  contamination of




refuse was  lacking, however, articles were  found concerning virus  contamination of




bedding materials  (86,87), and survival  in waste water or  sewage treatment




facilities  (88,89,90).  The  paucity of information relative to  the specific  aims




of  this project  pointed out  the need for reliable data to  be obtained.






Facility Description




Medical Center




      The health  care  institution used for this study was the West  Virginia Uni-




versity Medical  Center  located in Morgantown, West Virginia.  This modern, 438




bed,  teaching  hospital  and research complex was built in 1960 and  provides




hospitalization, out-patient care, and specialized diagnostic,  medical and surgical




procedures  on  general and referral patients, as well as emergency  care for the




critically  ill and accident  victims.  Complete teaching programs are conducted  for




the Schools of Medicine, Dentistry, Pharmacy, and Nursing, including clinical and




post-graduate  training, as well as in-service training for supportive personnel.




In  addition, the medical center actively supports many research efforts.  This




facility was studied because of its diversity of operations and because of its




relationship to  similar institutions throughout the country.




      Physically, the entire  medical center  is in one large building but administra-




tively and functionally  it is divided into the Hospital section  and the Basic Science




or  teaching section.  Each section has separate staffs and schedules which made  it




easier to obtain refuse production data  for each individual unit and still have




meaningful  information  for the two major sections and for  the entire complex.   The




hospital portion of the medical portion of the medical center has  11 floors  in-




cluding the basement and ground floors where most of the support services are




located.  The  ninth (top) floor houses the air conditioning equipment.  Floors  1




and 2 house clinics, X-ray,  emergency rooms, admissions, records,  and administration,

-------
12
    Floors 3 through 8 are primarily  for  inpatient care.   In  the Basic Sciences




    portion of the Center much of  the ground  floor is used as animal quarters.  Floors




    1 through 5 contain laboratories, class rooms and offices and are used primarily




    for teaching and research.




         Various methods of  solid  wastes  disposal and volume reduction are utilized




    within the Center.  These include incineration, burial, selling, and discharge to




    the sanitary sewer.  Three incinerators are used: a general pbrpose incinerator




    located on the basement  floor  of  the  Hospital, an animal incinerator located  in




    the animal quarters section of Basic  Sciences, and a human destructor located on




    the fourth floor of Basic Sciences.   Radioactive wastes are disposed of by periodic




    burial; bone, meat, and  grease wastes from food preparation are sold to a rendering




    firm, and most other food wastes  are  disposed of through garbage grinders into the




    municipal sanitary sewer system.  Other wastes, plus incinera'tor ash, are placed




    in bulk storage containers, located at the loading dock, for mechanical collection




    by the University refuse disposal service.  These wastes are then transported to




    the municipal landfill.




         In the Hospital, a  24" diameter  gravity refuse chute receives combustible




    waste and services all floors.  This  chute terminates  in a room adjacent to the




    general purpose incinerator room.  Needles, syringes, bottles, cans, and other




    noncombustible refuse are stored  on each  floor and are collected on carts for




    transport by elevator to the loading  dock refuse storage containers.  Waste from




    the Basic Sciences section is  collected on carts for transport to either the




    general purpose incinerator or  to the loading dock refuse stbrage containers.




         The average daily bed occupancy  at the Medical Center during the study period




    was 402 plus visits by an average of  496 out-patients per day.  In the Hospital




    section these patients were served by an average daily staff of 1201 assisted by

-------
                                                                                 13
142 volunteers and students.  The staff consisted of: 483 doctors,  administrators,




and supervisors; 124 secretaries and clerks; 223 technicians,  lab assistants,  and




food service personnel; 305 nurses, aids, and orderlies; and 66 housekeeping  and




maintenance personnel.  (See Table A-l, A-2, Appendix A).




     In the Basic Sciences section an average staff of 860 served 1069  students




and provided research and support to the Hospital.  The staff  consisted of:   409




doctors, professors, and supervisors; 104 secretaries and clerks; 329 technicians,




lab assistants, and shop personnel; and 18 maids and janitors.  (See Table A-3,




Appendix A).




     All virological studies for this project were performed in the microbiological




laboratories located on the second floor of the Basic Sciences section.




Engineering Laboratories




     The University Engineering Sciences building houses laboratories used by  the




Civil Engineering Department which were made available during  this  study.  A  large




laboratory  in the sub-basement was used for sorting, weighing, and grinding the




solid wastes collected and transported from the Medical Center.  Sanitary Engineer-




ing laboratories on the basement and ground floor were used for physical, chemical,




and bacteriological analysis.  The description of specific tests performed and the




equipment used are included in the respective chapters later in the report.




     Administrative and clerical work was conducted in the Civil Engineering




offices on the sixth floor and most data processing was handled at  the computer




terminal on the seventh floor.






Sampling Procedure




     Based on the initial work conducted by E. G. Cleveland in 1968 (29)  a




comprehensive sampling program for the entire Medical Center was established.  This




consisted of dividing the wards and departments of the hospital and the Basic




Sciences section into sampling stations that were easy to isolate and that

-------
contributed comparable amounts of refuse.  Care was taken to include all waste  from




each nursing station and to keep this separate from other nursing stations.  Waste




from entire departments or laboratory functions was collected separately where




possible.  In this way it was possible to keep concurrent records on amounts of




refuse produced and personnel generating it while not overloading the laboratory




capabilities of the project.  Table II-l and Table II-2 list the sampling stations




selected and show the frequency of sample collection.  From these lists one can




see the range of services provided by this institution.




Hospital Sampling Procedures



   The entire quantity of refuse generated from each sampling station was collected




during a 24 hour period on each day of the week, (but not during the same week.)




Two full weeks were needed to sample each station one time or 14 weeks total to




obtain this set of data.  The sampling was conducted over an 18 month period.




The standard procedure for collection was to station a man in front of a refuse




chute and have him intercept all the refuse generated and place it into thirty




gallon containers lined with a size 9, 3 mil polyethelene bags.  When the container




was full, the liner was tied shut and identified with a tag showing the date, time,




and point of origin.  The liner full of refuse was then removed from the container




and stored nearby until picked up and transported to the laboratory for analysis.




When loads contained heavy items such as glass, metal, plaster casts, or excessive




moisture, additional liners were used to protect against breakage and possible




spillage in either the hospital or laboratory.  All refuse originating from




contagious disease areas was handled separately and was delivered by hospital




personnel in marked and sealed containers.  Personnel conducting the study were




required to wear white laboratory coats while on duty, and masks and gloves if




handling potentially dangerous materials.  At first, sample collectors remained on




duty the entire 24 hour period but it was found that after 11:00 P.M. very little

-------
                     Table II-l  Hospital  stations  anc.  sampling  frequency
                                        (24 Hour  Samples)
STATION
83
82
72
71
62
61
52
51
LOCATION
8th

7th

6th

5th
Floor
II
Floor
ii
Floor
ii
Floor
ii
Code
META
PSYC
GMED
GMED
FED
GYN
SURG
SURG
UNIT
Function
Metabolic care
Psychiatric care
General Medicine
General Medicine
Pediatrics
Gynecology, Neurology,
Ears, Nose, and Throat
General Surgery
Surgerv, Cardio Vascular Care,
FREQUENCY
Non-consecutive Consecutive
Davs Days
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9







                         Urology, Eye, Chest,  Burn Care

40     4th Floor  OB     Maternity, New  Born Care

32     3rd Floor  ORTH   Orthopedics
31         "      OrfTH   Orthopedics, Neurosurgery
36         "      OR     Operating Rooms
37         "      1C     Intensive Care  Unit,  Recovery
                         Rooms
                                                                      9
                                                                      9
                                                                      9
                                                                      9
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
       2nd Floor  2ND
           "      XRAY
           "      BLAB
           "      REG
           "      ENT
           "      CP
Combined 2nd Floor Units
X-Ray Laboratories
Blood Bank, Blood Laboratories
Regional Medical Program
Ears, Nose, Throat Offices
Cardio Pulmonary Laboratorie ;
        Milioglraphy La'uoiato'i
5
5
5
5
5
5

-------
                                                                                                            CD
                                  Table II-1  (Contiiued)
STATION
11
12
13
14
15
LOCATION
1st Floor
it
11
it
ii
Code
ER
CLIN
ADMN
CAFE
GIFT
UNIT
Function
Emergency Rooms
Outpatient Clinics
Administrative Area
Coffee Shop
Gift Shop
FREQUENCY
Non-consecutive Consecutive
Days Days
9
9
9
9
9


5


GO   Ground Floor GRND
                  Combined Ground Floor Units
                  except Kitchen and Cafeteria
Gl
G2
BO

Bl
B2
B3
B4
B5

ii
it
Basement
Floor
it
it
M
ii
it

DIET
KITN
BSMT

PHCY
TAUN
CENT
COBT
ALFD

Dietary, Steno pool, Receiving
Kitchen, Cafeteria " 7
Combined Basement Floor Units 9

Pharmacy
Laundry
Central Supply
Radiation Therapy, Cobalt
U. S. Public Health Service
Appalachian Health Laboratories
5



5
5
5
5
5

Ground Floor      Loading Dock

Basement Floor    Incinerator Room

Loading Area      Refuse Truck
                                                              Consecutive and Non-
                                                                  Consecutive days
                                                                       43

                                                                       43

                                                                       92

-------
STATION
                      Table II-2 Basic Science* station: and sampling frequency
                                           (24 Hour Samples)
LOCATION
UNIT
41
42
31
32
21
22
23
11
12
Gl
G2
G3
G4
G5
4th Floor
it
3rd Floor
ii
2nd Floor
n
"
1st Floor
it
Ground Floor
n
ii
n
ii
Offices
Laboratories
Offices
Laboratories
Offices
Laboratories
Library
Offices
Laboratories
Offices
Laboratories
Animal Quarters
Repair Shops
Cafeteria
   FREQUENCY
CObSECUTIVE DAYS
                                                                            NON CONSECUTIVE DAYS
Hospital Incinerator Room
Hospital Loading Dock
                 Basement
                 Ground Floor
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
                                                           Consecutive
                                  and
                                  43
                                  43
                                                            Non Consecutive

-------
18
    waste was generated.  For the remainder of the study,  the chute was taped shut


    from 11:30 P.M. to 7:00 A.M. the following morning and a sign was placed on the


    door asking that refuse be placed in containers provided.  There was excellent


    cooperation by the hospital staff in doing this.  The  refuse collected at night


    was tied up and labeled by a sample collector at 7:00  A.M. before he moved to a


    new sampling station.  Collectors worked in convenient but continuous shifts from


    7:00 A.M. to 11:30 P.M. during the study period.


         Bagged and tagged refuse was picked  up from the  hospital at least twice daily


    and transported 1.7 miles to the Engineering Building  where laboratory facilities


    were available.  The Civil Engineering International Travelall was used for most of


    the transportation with private cars used only when no other vehicle was available.


         Refuse from food preparation and dishwashing areas was not collected for


    laboratory analysis.  It was felt that this refuse had little pathogenic contamination


    and was similar to other hospital food preparation refuse.  Refuse produced from


    food preparation and food scrapping operations was weighed and measured prior to its


    discharge into food grinders, sewer,  or storage containers.  Pood waste from iso-


    lation patients was collected in paper sacks, sealed and weighed without separating


    prior to disposal.


         In addition to the series of samples collected for laboratory analysis, each


    station was sampled for weight and volume of refuse produced concurrently with the


    quantity of refuse produced by the entire hospital. To obtain additional information,
                                                                                   i

    generation from several sampling stations was analyzed by measuring weights and


    volumes from individual rooms or offices during a consecutive 5 day period.  This


    required 4 weeks to accomplish.


         Total weights and volumes reaching the incinerator room were measured for at


    least 43 separate  24 hour periods using a Fairbanks Morse and Company 1000 ib.


    capacity platformjcale.   Total  weights and volumes reaching the refuse storage

-------
                                                                                 19
area at the loading dock were measured prior to placement  in bulk  storage  containers.




Weights from at least 43 separate 24 hour periods were recorded using a model  2430




Howe Scale Company platform scale.  In addition, the refuse collection truck was




weighed 92 times before and after pickup, by using two Type-A Hi-Way Load-Ometer




20,000 Ib. portable truck scales borrowed from the West Virginia Department of




Highways.




     Weights of soiled linen reaching the laundry were recorded each day by laundry




personnel.  An average of 7,830 pounds of linen were processed each day during 1968




and 1969.  Data for specific study periods and monthly for the years of 1968,  1969




are shown in Table A-6 Appendix A.




Basic Sciences Sampling Procedures




     Total refuse generated for a 24 hour period was collected from each of the




Basic Sciences sampling stations on each of five days (Monday through Friday)  of




separate weeks.  In addition, weights and volumes originating in each room or




laboratory were measured for a 24 hour period on each of five consecutive days.




One week was needed to sample each station once or 10 weeks total for the collection




of these samples.  This sampling was carried out over an 18 month period to include




possible seasonal variation.




     The standard procedure for collecting samples was for a sample collector  to




accompany each custodian as he made his rounds and intercept waste by placing  it




in size 9,  3 mil thick polyethelene bags.  When full, bags were tied shut and




identified with a tag showing date and point of origin.   Bags were then collected




and transported to the Engineering laboratories for analysis.  Extra liners were




used for samples containing large quantities of glass,  wood,  metal, or other heavy




objects to prevent spillage of refuse.

-------
     During the time that quantities were not retained for laboratory analysis,




sample collectors weighed the refuse in a plastic container suspended from a Model




8910 Hanson portable spring scale.  Volume of refuse was determined by its level  in




the container and then the refuse was emptied into carts for transportation to




either the incinerator or refuse storage area.



     Refuse generated from the student cafeteria was handled similarly to that  from




the hospital food preparation area.  It was intercepted, weighed and measured and




then allowed to follow its usual course for disposal.



     Waste from the animal quarters was not handled by the study personnel but was




handled by animal quarter personnel.  The number and weights of animals  incinerated




and amounts of ash removed were weighed, measured, and recorded for the  project by




these personnel.



     Anatomy wastes, autopsy wastes, and surgical wastes such as amputations and




organs removed, were auto-claved and then weighed and placed in a special "Human




Destructor" incinerator for disposal.  Ash from this operation was weighed and




recorded for the project by the mortician in charge.  Project sample collectors




did not handle this type of waste.




Initial Sample Preparation




     Laboratory personnel in the Engineering laboratories were required  to wear




laboratory coats, surgical face masks, and rubber gloves while sorting,  weighing




or grinding.  Laboratory personnel were urged to shower immediately after working.




The laboratory coats were commercially laundered, and the laboratory was cleaned




after each day's sorting and sanitary conditions were observed.




     New brown paper from a 54" wide roll was placed on the sorting table at the




beginning of each day's work or as often as needed to maintain clean conditions.




Bags of refuse were weighed on a Howe Richardson Model 54 XL platform scale and




the emptied onto the table for sorting into plastic bins in the categories shown




on Table IV-6.

-------
                                                                                 21
     After sorting, totals of each category were weighed on a Pennyslvania  Scale




Company Model 1-10 table scale and recorded.  The sum of the categories was  then




checked against the original sample weight as a precaution.  One  twentieth  (5




percent) by weight of each grindable category (all categories except glass,  metal,




wood, rubber, and hard plastic) was recombined in a plastic bag,  tagged and  saved




for further processing.  Exclusion of certain categories of waste was partly due




to laboratory restrictions, lack of grinding capability during the initial phase of




the laboratory work and sample size necessary for the different chemical and bio-




logical tests.  The remainder of the refuse was placed in a large plastic container




and hauled to the refuse storage area for mechanical pickup by the university




packer truck.  A 2-1/2 cubic yard Truxmore metal bulk container was purchased and




placed at the Engineering Sciences Building to handle the increased waste load




caused by this investigation.




     The grindable portions  saved were then processed thru a "Davis-Built"




granulator machine to reduce the size of sample particles to less than 1 inch.  A




special burlap filter was designed and employed to retain the processed particles.




The sample was then fine ground through a Standard Model 3 Wiley Mill to pass a




2 mm sieve.  The effluent from the mill was thoroughly mixed and approximately




100 gms retained in a 24 oz. deep-form seamless closed tin box for chemical  and




physical analysis.  The boxes were labeled as to date and origin of the sample.




Duplicate samples were retained when possible.

-------
22
         III.  SOLID WASTE GENERATION BY MEDICAL CENTER AND INDIVIDUAL UNITS






    Introduction



         One of the main objectives of this  study was to determine waste generation




    rates  for  the various units  of a medical care institution.  This information was




    lacking but through this  study effort, data is now available to assist architects,




    designers, administrators and others who need to know  types, quantities and sources




    of waste generation.  Since  waste handling is basically a materials handling




    problem, generation information is necessary to adequately design materials flow




    systems, especially with  ever increasing quantities of single use items in health




    care facilities.



         An analysis of total waste production from the two major sections of this




    institution precedes the  analysis of waste generation by hospital units in this




    chapter.   All of the data is presented in pounds.  Classification of the waste




    components, volumes, and  densities are subjects handled in a subsequent chapter.






    Statistical Procedures




         Information obtained during the data gathering operations for use in determin-




    ing waste  generation was  punched onto IBM data cards for ease 'of analysis and




    manipulation on the University's IBM 360/75 computer.  Means, standard error of




    the mean,  95 percent confidence intervals and sample totals were computed and




    listed for most of the results.




         The use of the computer allowed analysis of data  to be performed that would




    have been  extremely laborius and time consuming if done manually.




         A special stepwise regression analysis, DMD OZR BIOMED, on file at West




    Virginia University's Computer Center was used to help determine the best variables




    for the prediction equations.

-------
                                                                                 23
     Programming and statistical assistance was provided by personnel of  the




University's Department of Statistical and Computer Science.,







Results and Discussion




Total Wastes Generated



     The total daily generation of solid wastes from the West Virginia University




Medical Center was determined from measurements taken over a two year  study




period.  For this, three sets of separate data were compared.,  One set consisted of




data generated during seven consecutive days, another set was made up from each




of seven weekdays from different weeks, and the third consisted of totals of eight




different weeks, each made up of seven consecutive days*  Total quantities for tlie.




first two sets of data were obtained by adding the amounts of waste generated b>




individual sources (units described on Table III-l and Table III-2 and totaled for




Hospital and Basic Sciences portions of the Medical Center»  The third study




included only wastes reaching the general purpose incinerator and the loading dock.




     The summarized results of  this study are shown en Table II] L where  the data




are given under headings representing the twc main generation sources, the Hospital




and Basic Sciences.  For comparative puruoses, this table includes the high daily




value observed in each study and a theoretical high, equal to the sum -A  al] K>igh




values for each unit.  These nigh values can be used for determining total expected




loads.



     Comparing values of means  obtained for the three separate studies shows a




maximum difference of 256 pounds  (or 7 percent between means) for the Hospital,




181 pounds (or 12 percent) for  the Basic Sciences and 437 pounds (or 9 percent)




for the total Medical  Center complex.  Thus, as a whole the data obtained were




consistent and can be considered reliable for the different  set of conditions




observed.

-------
        Table III-l  Daily solid waste generation totals


UNIT
HOSPITAL
Mean
High
Theore-
tical
High*
B. S. B.
Mean
High
Theore-
tical
High*
TOTALS
Mean
High
Theore-
tical
High*
STUDY 1
CONSECUTIVE
DAYS

3475.2
3863.4


4567.9

1475.0
1595.3


1850.6

4950.2
5458.7


6418.5
STUDY 2
NON- CONSECUTIVE
DAYS

3228.0
3863.4


4567.9

1389.8
14^0.9


1804.6

4617.8
5304.3


6372.5
STUDY 3
INCINERATOL AND
LOADING DOCK

3219.1
4033.0


4915.0

1294.4
1554.6


2609.0

4513.5
5587.6


7524.0

TO LOADING
DOCK ONLY

1290.8
1614.9


2095.0

763.2
919.2


1682.0

2054.0
2534.1


3777.0

TO INCINERATOR
ONLY

1928.3
2418.1


2820.0

531.2
635.4


927.0

2459.5
3053.5


3747.0
* Theoretical High = Sum of all Indiv: dual Unit Highs

-------
Table III-2  Comparison of solid waste generation rates

       HOSPITAL         MEDICAL              LOS ANGELES STUDY (32)***
         ONLY           CENTER           LOW VALUE        HIGH VALUE
Bed Patients
Disposable Wastes
lb=./Bed Patient
Ibs. /Person - Gross Pop.*
Ibs. /Capita - Equiv.Pop.**
Reusable Wastes
Ibs. /Bed Patient
Ibs. /Person - Gross Pop.*
Ibs. /Capita - Equiv.Pop.**
Total Wastes
Ibs. /Bed Patient
Ibs. /Person - Gross Pop.*
Ibs. /Capita - Equiv.Pop.**
402
3,300 Ibs.
8.2
1.6
4.0
9,630 Ibs.
24.0
4.5
11.7
12,930 Ibi.
32.1
6.1
15.7
402
4,700 Ibs-
11.7
1.1
3.6
10,140 Ibs.
25.2
2.4
7.8
14,840 Ibs.
36.9
3.6
11.4
144
732 Ibs.
3.6
0.9
3.1
1,720 Ibs.
11.9
2.6
8.1 !
/
2,452 Ibs.
17.0
3.7
11.3
2018
23,200 Ibs.
16.7
1.8
5.6
54,500 Ibs.
29.6
4.1
10.2
77,700 Ibs.
46.3
5.4
15.3
     * Sum of all patients,  outpatients,  paid staff,
       doctors and volunteers

    ** An average 8 hour population census counting the
       number of outpatients at onu half

   *** Low and high values from a study of seven hospitals
                                                                                       to
                                                                                       Ul

-------
     It should be noted that figures in Table III-l include only wastes which




require disposal.  Other wastes studied but not included in this table are wastes




that are reusable and are normally recycled, such as soiled linen,  (see Table A-6,




Appendix A) dinnerware and patient care items.



     To further test the validity of data reported in Table III-l, waste production




or generation rates were calculated and compared to data obtained from a study  of




seven hospitals in Los Angeles, California  (61) ranging from' a bed  patient occupancy




of 144 to an occupancy of 2,018.  Wastes are compared in three categories: disposable




reusable and total.  Refuse production rates based on number of bed patients, total




or gross hospital population and equivalent population are recorded for all  three




categories on Table III-2.  Calculations and data used to obtain these figures  are




recorded on Table A-4, Appendix A.




     A comparison of data shows that values obtained in this study  are in agreement




and within the ranges recorded for the Los Angeles study.  The figure of 8.2 pounds




of disposable waste per bed patient per day for the Hospital and 11.7 pounds per




day for the total Medical Center are also in agreement with most reports reviewed.




     It is important to note that the Los Angeles study contained two teaching




hospitals where their reported populations  included students, teachers, researchers




and supporting personnel comparable to the  population of this institution.   Thus,




the validity of the comparison is further enhanced and results could, therefore,




be considered as typical or expected from institutions of this nature.




     It is interesting to note variation between different rates of waste pro-




duction, and within each particular rate.  When reporting rates based on a bed




patient basis, values ranged from 3,6 to 16.7 pounds per patient for disposable




wastes in the Los Angeles study.  This institution had a value of 11.7 pounds but




other studies reported rates as high as 19  to 20 pounds per patient (68,69,81,84).

-------
                                                                                 27
When using the very  same quantities of waste  from the  same hospitals  to  calculate




rates based on the institution's total or gross population, values ranged  from




0.9 to  1.8 pounds per capita  in the Los Angeles study  and were calculated  to  be




1.1 pounds per capita in this study.  While variation  between the different rates




is due  largely to the method  of reporting, variation within any particular rate




is due  mostly to the inability of that method to reflect differences  in  the type




or amount of care given to each patient at the various institutions studied.




With this great amount of unpredictable variability, these two methods of report-




ing waste generation are very unreliable for design purposes.  Rates  reported  on




these two bases are  confusing, misleading and should not be used.




     In order to overcome differences in reporting waste rates and to equate




institutions giving  different types and amounts of care, the American Public




Health  Association study (85) and the Los Angeles County study (61) proposed




that wastes should be calculated in terms of an "equivalent population."  This




"equivalent population" is defined by the Los Angeles  study as the average 8 hour




population census over a seven day week, counting the  outpatients at  one half




value.   In addition  to patients, this method includes  staff and others who are




contributing to the  daily wastes but are not considered when reporting on a per




patient  basis.  This method is also different from gross populations  in that




patients who are present 24 hours a day are valued at more than someone there  for




a part  of the 24 hour period.  The total number present during the 24 hour period




is averaged into an  8 hour shift,  which is then used to calculate the daily waste




production rate.




     Following this definition,  the rates calculated are also reported in Table I1I-2.




In the Los Angeles study,  these rates vary from 3.1 to 5.6 pounds per capita  for




disposable wastes and have a calculated mean value of 3.8 pounds per capita.   The

-------
28
    value of 3.6 pounds per capita obtained for this Medical Center is very close to




    the Los Angeles study mean.  Equivalent populations rates for total wastes vary from




    11.3 to 15.3 pounds per capita in the Los Angeles study, but if these same quantities




    of wastes are used to calculate rates on a bed patient basis, they vary from 17.0




    to 46.3 pounds per patient.



         This equivalent population method for computing total waste generation appears




    to be more reliable than any other method so far devised.  Use of this method should




    enable designers to anticipate total quantities of refuse from various types of




    institutions from calculations based on the equivalent population of that institution,




    This will help determine total quantities from an entire institution; however, prior




    to this study, no one has developed generation equations for the individual units of




    an institution.






    Unit Wastes Generated




         Based on the hypothesis that different types of patient care units would




    produce different quantities and possibly different characteristics of wastes, each




    unit of the Hospital and Basic Sciences was sampled individually.  Tables III-l




    and III-2 list the units, type of activity performed in each unit and frequency




    of sample collection.  Each unit represents a particular type of patient care




       particular nursing station,  with basically similar care being given to patients




    within any unit.




         The mean daily weight, high day's weight, standard error of the mean and 95




    percent confidence interval for each unit are listed on Table III-3 for the




    Hospital and on Table I1I-5 for the Basic Sciences.  Values  for supplemental studies




    that were conducted to provide additional information are listed on Table I1I-4 and




    Table TII-6 for Hospital and Basic Sciences respectively.

-------
Table III-3 Solid waste generation by hospital units
                     (initial  stutly)

SAMPLING
STATION
83
62
8th Floor
72

71

7th Floor
62
61
5th Fleer
52
51
5th Floor
40

32
31
36

37
3rd Fi.-or
•. nd Fl .-;-r


UNIT
Metabolic
Psychiatric

General
Medicine
General
Medicine

Pediatrics
Gynacology

Surgical
Surgical

Maternity
(4th Floor)
Orthopedics
Orthopedics
Operating
Room;.
Intensive Care


MEAN
DAILY
WEIGHT*
24.6
27.1
51.7

88.9

76.9
165.8
95.8
80.0
17:. s
193.2
167.8
361.0
96.4

69.5
91.2

191.3
103. 3
4.55.3
34,.. .
HIGH
DAY'S
WEIGHT*
39.4
34.8
73.2

107.9

115.0
222.9
181.6
150.2
231.8
288.1
310.3
598.4
133.7

96.0
122.9

260.3
140.3
619.5
388 . :<
STANDARD
KRROR
01' MEAN
3.7
3.0
4.9

5.0

..0.8
.3.6
.4.9
1.3.4
::3.o
::2.5
:-6.3
'.0.9
8.0

6.6
0.2

.'»!. 5
.3.0
'-4.7
:,.«
95% CONFIDENCE
LOW
WEIGHT*
15.4
19.8
39.6

76.6

50.4
132.7
59.2
47.3
1^1 o <;
138.1
103.5
260.8
76.8

53.3
66.3

127.4
73.5
29^.2
'•'•'•"
INTERVAL
HIGH
WEIGHT*
33.8
34.3
63.8

101.2

103.4
199.0
132.3
112.8
232.1
248.2
232.1
1461.1
115.9

85.6
116.2

255.2
13S.1
512.3
385.6
* Al I «- .gi-.i- in y.., ,d>
                                                                                       N5
                                                                                       VD

-------
    Table  III-3  (continued)
                                                                              CO
                                                                              O

SAMPLING
STATION
11

12

13
14
15
1st Floor
GO

G2

Ground Floor
Basement Floor
Colunn Totals


t »\»T m
ursix
Emergency
Rooms
Operating
Clinics
MEAN
DAILY
WZIGIIT*

30.8

66.4
Administration 65.3
Coffee Shop
Gift Shop

Dietary
Receiving
Kitchen -
Cafeteria



Statistical Totals
24.7
13.3
200.5

168.3

1309.0
1477.3
149.7
3475.2
3228.0
HIGH
DAY'S
WEIGHT*

44.7

81.4
109.0
30.0
35.0
300.1

197.0

1515.0
1712.0
187.0
4567.9
3863.4
STANDARD
ERROR
OF MEAN

3.7

3.1
12.8
1.8
3.8
25.7

13.2

75.2
97.6
15.1
- -
29'+. 2
95% CONFIDENCE
LOW
WEIGHT*

21.7

43.9
33.9
20.4
4.1
116.2

131.7

1122.4
1200.7
105.1
2686.6
2508.2
INTERVAL
HIGH
WEIGHT*

39.9

88.9
96.6
29.0
22.5
246.8

204.9

1495.6
1678.3
194.3
4363.4
3947.9
* All weight  in pour.ds

-------
                        Table III-4
      Solid waste generation by hospital  units
            (supplemental study)
SAMPLING
STATION
21
22
23
24
25
26
MEAN
DAILY
UNIT WEIGHT*
X-ray
Blood Analysis
Regional Medical
Ears, Nose, Throat
Card io- Pulmonary
EMG
77.0
231.1
11.1
8.8
33.6
1.7
HIGH
DAY'S
WEIGHT*
110.0
254.5.
12.0
13.0
42.0
3.0
STANDARD
ERROR
OF MEAN
3.8
9.8
3.4
1.7
2.4
3.4
95% CONFIDENCE INTERVAL
LOW HIGH
WEIGHT* WEIGHT*
52.8
203.9
9.9
4.0
26.9
1.0
101.4
258.3
12.3
13.6
40.3
2.8
 Total 2nd Floor
363.3
434.5
13.4
Total Ground
               54.5
              2.2
Total Basement
191.2
251.4
19.3
312.3
137.7
414.3
13

GO
Gl
Administrative
Area
Ground Floor
Dietary

75.7
24.6
15.7

88.0
32.0
24.5

7.6
4.2
2.6

54.5
12.7
8.5

96.9
36.5
22.9
                                46.4
Bl
B2
B3
B4
B5

Pharmacy 30.4
Laundry 41.7
Central Supply 98.3
Radiation Therapy 5.1
Appalachian Health
Laboratory 15.8
38.7
82.9
127.2
9.5

37.0
3.0
11.7
11.7
1.1

5.8
21.9
9.1
65.7
2.0

1.0
38.8
74.3
130.8
8.2

31.9
244.8
                                        * All weight in potnds

-------
                                                                                                      CO
                                                                                                      ro
Table III-5
Solid waste generation by Basic Sciences  units
                (initial study)

SAMPLING
STATION
41
42
4ch Floor
31
32
3rd Floor
21
22
23
2nd Floor
11
12
1st Floor
Gl
G2
G3
G4
G5
Ground Ficor


UNIT
Offices
Laboratories

Offices
Laboratories

Offices
Laboratories
Library

Offices
Laboratories

Offices
Laboratories
Animal Quarters
Repair Shops
Cafeteria

Ccl-jinn Totals
Statistical
Total.s
MEAN
DAILY
WEIGHT*
83.3
64.5
147.8
56.3
62.9
119.2
44.5
122.8
16.7
184.0
59.9
161.0
220.9
69.9
59.7
304.2
11.6
272.4
717.8
1389.7
1389.8
HIGH
DAY'S
WEIGHT*
124.8
96.0
220.8
75.0
100.3
175.3
74.4
137.0
19.8
231.2
81.0
219.8
300.8
114.8
95.3
336.8
24.6
305.0
876.5
1804.6
1440.9
STANDARD
ERF.OR
OF IE AN
1:>.9
3.5
14. 1
6.7
14.2
17.5
9.6
6.5
L.4
15.2
10.4 -
17.4
12.3
16.2
11.6
13.0
3.4
12.7
19.0

32.3
957. CONFIDENCE
LOW
WEIGHT*
47.4
40.8
108.6
37.7
23.3
70.7
17.9
104.7
12.8
141.8
31.0
112.8
186.7
24.9
22.0
259.9
2.1
237.1
664.9
974.4
1300.1
INTERVAL
HIGH
WEIGHT*
119.2
88.2
187.1
74.9
102.4
167.7
71.1
140.8
20.5
226.1
88.9
209.1
255.2
115.1
97.3
348.5
21.1
307.7
770.7
1804.8
1479.5
                      A? 1
              "* "i ^M t "* **"* pCMT^ds

-------
Table III-6
Solid waste generation by Basic Sciences units
        (supplemental study)

SAMPLING
STATION UNIT
41 Offices
42 Laboratories
4th Floor Totals
31 Offices
32 Laboratories
3rd Floor Totals
21 Offices
22 Laboratories
23 Library
2nd Floor Totals
11 Offices
12 Laboratories
1st Floor Totals
Gl Offices
G2 Laboratories
G3 Animal Quarters
G4 Repair Shops
G5 Cafeteria
Ground Floor Totals
Column Totals
Sta-'istio.ai Totals
MEAN
DAILY
WEIGHT*
82.2
94.4
176.6
34.8
67.1
105.5
62.3
45.0
16.7
124.0
94.3
201.4
295.7
65.9
107.3
304.2
23.9
272.4
7/3.7
14:-.!
14/5.0
HIGH
DAY'S
WEIGHT*
89.0
144.0
233.0
44.5
95.5
140.0
91.5
51.0
19.8
162.3
107.5
226.5
334.0
119.5
173.5
336.8
46.5
305.0
981.3
1850.6
1595.3
STANDARD
E&ROK
OF 14EAN
2.5
37.9
20.5
2.6
8.2
10.1
8.5
2.4
1.4
8.9
3.8
8.0
10.2
36.0
18.0
16.0
8.5
12.7
8.3
- -
25.7
957, CONFIDENCE
LOW
WEIGHT*
75.1
44.6
119.8
32.6
44.2
77.5
38.6
38.5
12.8
99.4
83.7
179.1
267.5
21.4
57.4
259.9
1.0
237.1
750.8
1126.0
1375.8
INTERVAL
HIGH
WEIGHT*
89.3
144.2
223.4
44.2
90.0
133.5
85.9
51.5
20.5 * *
148.5
104.9
223.7
323.9
110.4
157.1
348.5 * *
47.6
307.7 * *
797.0
1824.7
15/4.2
                     *   All weight in pounds
                   *  *   Values  from iritial study
                                                                             UJ
                                                                             10

-------
      In  this  institution,  patient  care  units are  located  on floors three to eight



 inclusive;  outpatient units (clinics) and  emergency rooms are located on the first



 floor, and  support units (all others) are  located from basement to second floor.



 Patient  care  units contributed 37.6 percent,  outpatient units and  emergency rooms



 combined contributed 2.8 percent and the support  units contributed 59.6 perdent



 of the mean daily weight.   It is significant to note from these data that the



 hospital kitchen,  cafeteria and coffee  shop combined contributed 38.4 percent of



the mean  daily hospital weight or an amount exceeding that of the combined patient



 care areas.  This waste from the kitchen includes all of  disposable material produced



 there including single use dinnerware used for  meal service to all isolation patients



 Meals were  served to all other patients on china  service  during the period of study.



 The proportion of wastes produced  by all food service and food preparation units of



 the entire  Medical Center  accounted for 33 percent of the total combined weight,



 however.



      Although outpatient care areas contributed a relatively small portion of wastes



 generated when measured by individual units,  it should be noted that in this parti



 cular institution,  outpatient care units generate 15 percent of clinical laboratory



 work, 42 percent of X-ray  examinations  and an unaccountable amount of administrative



 work.  Wastes from these additional activities  are included in support unit totals.



      The remaining portion of the  Medical  Center  was studied in terms of both



 activity and  Personnel classifications  in  order to better understand the waste
                                                              4


 generation  processes.   Table III-7 lists personnel classifications and room use



 categories  used in this study. Tables  A-l,  A-2 and A-3 in Appendix A list the



 population  census  for  each personnel classification for both Hospital and Basic



 Sciences units.

-------
                                                                   35
TflMc TTT-7
                     ol rl .nsm' f irzt ior>« and room  "se
CLASSIFICATION

     1.

     2.


     3.


     4.
     5.
     6.
     7.
                                     PERSONNEL INCLUDED

                        Patients, outpatients

                        Doctors, administrators, directors
                        supervisors, dentists, chiefs

                        Secretaries, clerks, cashiers,
                        office support personnel

                        Laboratory assistants, technicians,
                        graduate assistants, maintenance men,
                        laborers

                        Registered nurs-is, licensed practical
                        nurses, practical nurses, nurse!s aids,
                        orderlies

                        Janitors, maids,  housekeeoers. floor
                        Volunteers, students
   CATEGORY

     A.

     B.

     C.


     D.


     E.

     F.

     G.
                                        ROOM  USE

                        Offices, nursin;; station headquarters

                        Laboratories,  work areas, shops

                        Restrooms, lock;r rooms, dressing
                        rooms

                        Classrooms,  conference rooms,
                        libraries

                        Supply rooms,  s :orage areas

                        Lounge areas,  wiiting areas

                        Patient care roxns,  examination
                        rooms

-------
36
         Using this system, a  laboratory  technician  in a  laboratory would  appear under




    the same heading as a mechanic  in a repair  shop  but the room use category would be




    different.  A doctor in a  patient care area would be  different from a  doctor shown




    in an office where his main  function  might  be  related to  paperwork.  Doctors,




    administrators, supervisors, directors and  dentists were  put together  in the same




    classification because it  was  felt that  in  an  office  they would most likely




    produce about the same amount  of waste,  while  in another  room category their function




    might be different.  This  provided a  good basis  for determining room usage within a




    unit or between units.  Since  each unit  was studied separately, there  was no conflict




    between categories or classifications.




         The first step towards  obtaining a  relationship  between the quantity of waste




    produced and the people who  produced  it  was to divide the amount of waste per unit




    by the number of patients  per  unit.   The values  obtained  varied considerably not




    only within units but between  units as well.   The gross population was then used




    as a divisor to obtain weight  per capita per day.  As with values  for  total generation




    these unit values varied widely.  Next,  the equivalent population  for  each unit was




    computed and divided into  the  amount  of  waste  produced per unit but still no




    meaningful equations were  produced.   The equivalent population method  that worked so




    well for total waste quantities from  the entire  institution did not work well  for




    individual units.  This is due, perhaps, to the  fact  that for the  entire institution.,




    all of the wastes from patient care and  support  activities are combined, as are




    population totals.  On a unit  basis,  however,  wastes  come only from one particular.




    unit and support activities,  are not included.  Thus on a  unit basis, there is no




    overlapping or compensation  to provide a balance.  These  calculated values are listed




    in Table A-5, Appendix A.

-------
     Quantities of waste produced per unit per day were then correlated against




numbers of people in each classification or in combinations of classifications for




that day to see if there were any meaningful relationships.  The weight was held




as the dependent variable and the numbers in each classification, their squares,




square roots, cubes, cube roots and combinations of various classifications were




used as independent variables in a stepwise regression analysis that selected the




best of the independent variables and calculated prediction equations using these




variables.  Means, standard deviations, analysis of variance,  F ratios, R values,




R squared values, predicted weights and residuals were computed by the University




Computer Center for all units studied,




     Each unit study produced its own best prediction equation based on the




independent variables selected by statistical analysis.  It was felt that a




coefficient times the cube root of the number of nurses plus another coefficient




times the square of the number of housekeepers for example, would not be a practical




equation for any general use.  The number and type of independent variable was then




restricted to whole numbers or combinations of whole numbers in an attempt to obtain




an equation of only one best variable that would be easy to apply and yet still be




reliable.  As expected, each unit had a different coefficient for every independent




variable selected in the analysis.  For a designer to use a different coefficient cr




equation for each unit did not seem very practical, especially with no other data




from other institutions to verify the values.  It was observed that certain patient




care areas had coefficients that were similar in quantity and tended to group them-




selves into two main divisions.  Each division was composed of units giving approxi-




mately the same type of care.  Patient care units such as the operating rooms,




intensive care area, maternity and newborn infant care, surgical care and orthopedic




care, all produced heavy quantities of waste and had large staffs.  Patient care units




such as metabolic research, psychiatric care, general medicine, pediatric care,




gynecology,  ear-nose-and-throat,  and neurology all produced lighter amounts of waste

-------
38
    and had smaller staffs.  The data for units in each division were then pooled and




    analyzed to find the best overall correlation and corresponding prediction coef-




    ficient and equation.  Fortunately the same independent variable turned out to be




    best in each division but with a new coefficient.  The best independent variable




    found for each division was a summation of the total paid staff for a 24 hour




    period minus the number of doctors.  This variable did not include the number of




    patients nor the number of non-paid volunteers or students.  To determine why the




    doctors and volunteers were excluded, the data were further analyzed.  It was observed




    that the number of doctors varied considerably for the same unit on different days




    as did the number of students and volunteers.  Doctors were also counted at more




    than one unit as they made their rounds.  This would not appear when calculating




    the equivalent population from the entire hospital but would dhow up on a unit basis.




    The paid staff of nurses, aids, clerks, orderlies, housekeepers, and maids of a unit




    remained more constant and paralleled the amount of waste produced.  This is probabh




    why the best variable included only paid staff minus all of the doctors.  Values for




    coefficients, prediction equations, R square and standard errors obtained from tVe




    analysis are listed in Table III-8.




         When support activities were analyzed it was found that u*nits dealing mostly




    LH paper work produced similar quantities of waste, while waste from other support




    activities, such as the kitchen-cafeteria, was better equated to the number of meals




    served than to the staff or combinations of staff classifications.  The best indep




    endent variable for all support activities, except certain special ones, turned out




    to be the number of paid staff minus the number of supervisors or administrators




    (sum of classifications 3 through 6) times a coefficient.  These values are also



    shown on Table III-8.




         It should be noted that these coefficients and equations will estimate average




    daily solid waste quantities.  An upset, extra patients, special treatment requirements

-------
                       Table  III-8  Solid waste generation equations
                UNITS
                                               COEFFICIENT
EQUATION
STANDARD
 ERROR
    Metabolic, Psychiatric, General Medicine      2.77
    Pediatrics, Gynecology, Neurology, Ears-
    Nose-Throat	
Heavy Care Units
    General Surgery. Neurosurgery,                4.47
    Cardiovascular, Urology, Eye,
    Chest, Burn, Patients, Maternity, New
    Born; Orthopedics, Operating Rooms,
    Intensive Care,	Recovery
                                                        2.77(s)=lbs. waste/day .92    0.127
                                                        4.47(s)=lbs. waste/day .89    0.231
Support Units
Administrative Offices, Gift Shop, Dietary 2.21
Offices, Laundry, Pharmacy, Receiving,
Regional Medical Program, Appalachian
Respiratory Diseases Lat>«
2.21(s)»lbs. waste/day .89 0.134
Soeciai Units
X=Rav, Radiation Therapy^ Emergency           0.48
Rocm, Central Supply

Clinical Laboratories, Out Patient Clinic     0.19

Kitchen. Cafeteria 	1.5	

              (s) - Sum of the paid staff during a 2i-
                    doctors  (categories 3-6)

              (n) « Number of patients treated, order
                    or patient meals served
                                                            C,48(n)=lbs. waste/day .68    0.079


                                                            0.19(n)=lbs. waste/day .71    0.035

                                                            1.5(n)='Jbs. waste/day  .76    0.173

                                                          •nour period, not including


                                                          baskets filled, tests run

-------
or any number of unexpected occurrences may cause waste quantities  to  fluctuate




above and below estimated daily values.  Anticipated increases  in the  use  of disposal




items may necessitate increasing the value of coefficients sufficiently  to accommcxUti




the additional weight and volume.  For example, disposable sheets weigh  about 25




percent of the weight of linen sheets.  If a total conversion to throw-away linen




were undertaken at the institution studied, the increased weight would be  approxi-




raately2,000 pounds per day.  That would be an additional load of almost  43 percent




on the total waste handling system but would represent an increase  of  81 percent on




the portion going to the general purpose incinerator.  Conversion to total disposable




food service items would add about a pound and a half of waste  per  meal  served.   This




would amount to about 1,800 pounds per day at this institution.   (The  purpose of the*




examples is not to discredit the use of disposable articles but only to  illustrate ttii




need to anticipate their usage when planning waste handling and disposing  facilities)




     The prediction equations listed on Table III-8 should be useful in  the design of




new facilities or in the remodeling of those in existence.  Engineering  practice




would apply a factor of safety to these values to provide for peak  loads.   At this




institution, the total peak load exceeded the total mean load by 15 percent.   A sum




of all the unit peak loads exceeded the total mean load by 36 percent.  See Table:




II1-1.  It is unlikely that all units would peak at the same time except in the case




of a disaster.  Increased waste quantities will result from current hospital trends




toward the increased use of disposables.  The weight of anticipated increases can be




added to weights derived from these general equations to form a reliable basis of




waste generation for future time periods.  The time of day that these  quantities




reached the incinerator room and loading dock are recorded on Table IV-2.

-------
                                                                                 41
Waste Disposal Practices




     Both volume and weight of solid wastes generated are of great importance  in




handling, storing or disposing operations.  Increased labor costs, building costs




and disposal costs necessitate volume and hopefully weight reduction practices




wherever possible.




     Incineration is one method of volume reduction commonly used in hospitals.




At this  institution, approximately 66 cubic yards of refuse per day (2600 pounds)




are reduced to approximately 1/2 cubic yard of ashes weighing about 200 pounds.




This represents a 99 percent reduction in volume and a 92 percent reduction in




weight at the incinerator room.  Part of the 2400 pounds of waste that leave




through  the chimney is converted to carbon dioxide or other gases and dispersed to




the atmosphere.  Unfortunately enough is converted to fly ash and soot to cause




problems with cooling towers, air conditioners and surrounding property.   Without




proper air pollution control devices, incinerators remove waste from containers




where it can be managed and distribute it over the country side where it cannot




be managed.




     Residue from the incinerator and most non-combustibles are taken to the load-




ing dock for storage until picked up and removed by the University refuse truck




each morning.  Figure III-l is a flow chart showing the path taken by most of the




wastes from this institution.  Solid lines represent existing routes and dashed




lines represent proposed routes discussed in the chapter on recommendations.  As




can be seen from this diagram,  all waste eventually requires ultimate disposal in




a location away from the Medical Center.  For this institution, most of the waste




is taken to the municipal landfill by university owned vehicles.




     Small portions of the total waste from this institution do not follow the




normal course but are handled in a special manner.  These special wastes require




special  precaution and disposal operations and consequently have not been included

-------
         Figure III-l  Solid waste flow chart
Disposable Waste
                                            Soiled Linen
     Source
                                               Source
        I
I






Grav


i
r— Clean up -.





tty Chute


f
\

— '
f

Cart









\
— _ "\
\
1

1

1
r
Elevator


r Incinerator— .

Rot
1

1

/"TubeX
/ or \
VConveyory

1
	 >

?m














Separation
4



Cart
V
Incinerator

1


Cart
I
y)n Site Storage ^ —





y
. — Cart o


f
Gravity Chute ^ A



> f
Elevator 5

i 1 A


Pneumatic
Tu>>o





^_





-*p Separation^ 7
1
	 	 / 	 ^ Storage 8
1
i Laundry 9
\
Re-use 10
I
(Loading Dock)
Transport


4
Disposal

(Mu
nicin
Away

Site
aT>






12
Ex

isting Routes
13
Proposed Routes

-------
                                                                                43
in the totals to either the loading dock or the general purpose incinerator.




     Surgical trimmings, placentae, pathological wastes and autopsy wastes are




autoclaved, refrigerated during storage, and then incinerated when quantities




accumulate to make a load.,  Approximately eight loads  (175 pounds per load) are




cremated each year in a special "Human Destructor" type incinerator.  At this




institution, cadavers used for instruction in anatomy classes or for other work  in




the School of Medicine are also cremated in this special purpose incinerator,,




After use  in the laboratory, approximately 35 bodies, averaging 135 pounds per




body, are  cremated each year.  This adds to a total of 6,125 pounds disposed per




year  (20 pounds per day) resulting in about 404 pounds of ashes.




     Experimental animals used for research at this institution are also handled




and disposed separately from the general refuse.  An average of 178°9 pounds of




animals are cremated in a destructor type incinerator each working day.  This




weight is  made up of an average of 4.6 dogs, 2.4 cats, 68.6 rats, 21.6 mice,




1.1 hamsters, 0.3 opposums, 0.2 monkeys, 1.9 rabbits, 0.9 guinea pigs, and is




reduced to 7.8 pounds of ash per day.  The ash and an estimated 150 pounds of corn




cob bedding from the animals are taken to the loading dock each working day.




(This weight is included in the totals from the loading dock).




     Another special waste category requiring separate handling is volatile liquids.




All flammable or dangerous chemicals, liquids or toxic compounds are stored in a




separate room in the Basic Sciences area and are hauled away to a land disposal




site and buried.  No reliable estimations of the quantities handled each year




was available.




     Radioactive materials used for research or treatment are handled as prescribed




by the Atomic Energy Commission under the license granted to the University Medical




Center.   Most radioactive wastes are discharged to the sewer after proper dilution.




Solid particles are buried at a prescribed location and items of high activity are

-------
retained in protective containers until they decay sufficiently to allow disposal.




Total quantities of radioactive wastes requiring disposal were considered  insignifi-




cant.




     Waste handling personnel reported receiving numerous punctures from disposable




needles protruding from plastic waste sacks.  One or two were pricked while attempt--




ing to compact refuse into sacks containing disposable needles.  Minor cuts were




reported from handling broken glass, and splinters have resulted from disposing of




wooden crates and boxes.  While no one has reported contracting disease or serious




infection from these hazards, the potential still remains.  Regulations require




that needles and syringes must be thrown away in a condition that will not cause




injury to someone or provide for their reuse if they should be removed from the




waste at a later time.  Crushers, ovens and containers are available for properly




disposing of these hazardous items.




     There were no reports of anyone scavenging in the waste for partly used or




out-dated bottles of medicines or narcotics that may have been thrown away.  What




happens to such bottles at the municipal waste disposal site is not known.  The




contents of bottles that have a potential illegitimate reuse are properly  flushed




to the sewer if a hospital has control over the method of disposal.




     Fire hazards exist in the incinerator room and in the refuse chute and there




have been reports of fires in the chutes; but a sprinkler system installed at the




top is usually able to control such incidents.  The incinerator room and the refuse




chute are separated by a fire door.  There have been reports of smoke in the




incinerator room but no reports of a serious fire.

-------
                                                                                45
Conclusions and Recommendations



Waste Generation




1.  The institution  studied  is considered  to be typical  in  its generation  of




    refuse quantities.  This conclusion  is based on a comparison of generation




    rates  for  total  refuse quantities with rates from other studies which




    contained  institutions of similar function.




2.  The existing  trend to report total solid waste generation rates from




    hospitals  on  a pound per bed patient or pound per gross population basis




    was found  to  be  inaccurate, unreliable and misleading.




         Hospital generation rates should be based on a  common parameter that




    will allow comparison of hospitals of different types,  functions or sizes.




    An "Equivalent Population" such as one defined by the American Public




    Health Association  (6) and used in a comprehensive study of hospital wastes




    conducted  in  Los Angeles, California (1) is the most reliable basis found




    to date and should be used to report waste generation of total hospital




    solid  wastes.  An equivalent population is defined as an average 8 hour




    population census, counting outpatients at one half  value.  The average is




    based  on a seven day week.




3.  The prediction or reporting of waste quantities for  individual units of a




    hospital was  found to be unreliable and misleading when based on number of




    bed patients  or  gross population of that unit.




         The same unreliability was found when attempting to use the Equivalent




    Population as a  prediction parameter.  It was  observed that doctors and




    volunteers or students were counted at more than one unit during the same




    day because of their mobility.  Inclusion of doctors was found to bias




    the equivalent population figures for units while it did not affect the




    equivalent population figures for the total institution.

-------
1*6
    4.   This study found that equations based on the total 24 hour paid staff minus




        the number of doctors was very reliable for predicting the quantity of refuse




        generated from patient care units and from certain support units of the




        institution studies.  Prediction equations for other units were reliable




        when based on number of meals served or x-rays taken.  All equations and




        their statistical reliability are listed on Table III-8.




             Since the institution studied was found to be typical in total generation




        quantities, it can be assumed that the unit rates are also typical.




    5.   The equations derived from this study should provide a reliable basis for




        reporting or predicting waste quantities for individual hospital units.  Such




        equations had previously not been available.  Designers and architects should




        find these equations useful in designing or remodeling waste handling systems




        in hospitals.




    6.   The equations developed include units grouped into three main divisions;




        1) units dealing in heavy or extensive patient care; 2) limits dealing in




        light or moderate patient care; 3) units dealing in support activities.  A




        statistical analysis of the data supports the assumption that these equations




        will be usable for other institutions but this assumption requires verification.




        These equations are to be verified by:  Selecting at another similar institu-




        tion, three units in each of the three main divisions; calculating the




        population by summing the total paid staff minus the doctors of administrators




        for each unit; collecting the waste produced for at least three separate 24




        hour periods for each unit; and comparing the observed results with those




        calculated from the equations suggested.  If individual results are found




        to be scattered, pool the data for the three observations on each unit and




        compare average values with the calculated  averages.

-------
                                                                                47
7-  The equations developed in this study are empirical  in origin and  provide




    only an estimate of current mean daily quantities.   They do not  include  all




    variables known to influence refuse generation, and  should be adjusted  in




    value to account for known or anticipated changes in waste handling practices




    at any institution.  Peak loads at this institution  ranged from  15 to 35 percent




    higher than mean daily quantities.  Current trends in hospitals  are toward




    increased use of disposable or throw-away items.  The outcome of these trends




    must be anticipated and then added to base line values of current waste




    production derived from direct observations or calculated from the equations




    offered in this study.




8.  Of the total waste generated in the hospital,  only 25 to 30 percent can be




    considered potentially dangerous.  This is due to its origin from patient care




    units treating communicable diseases or because of its association with surgical




    operations, autopsy wastes, body discharges, or pathogenic organisms.   By




    keeping these wastes separate from all other wastes the remaining wastes need




    not receive the same type of treatment that is advocated  for contaminated or




    pathogenic wastes.  If all wastes are mixed together they must all be con-




    sidered contaminated and treated as such.




9.  Support services contributed almost 60 percent of the total weight of wastes,




    while the remaining 4Q percent was generated by the patient care areas.   The




    largest single producer of waste is the food service area which accounts for




    over 38 percent of the total wastes generated by Medical Center as a whole.






Waste Handling




1.  Proper operation of a refuse incinerator in a hospital is mandatory.   Hospital




    incinerators not equipped with adequate air pollution control devices should




    not be used.

-------
2.  Additional studies are needed in the area of anticipated changes  in materials




    used in hospitals.  Medical personnel, administrative personnel,  equipment  and




    materials designers, producers of disposable items, and all others concerned




    with health care now and in the future should be researched in order  to




    prognosticate waste generation information for the future.  These studies should




    not only include physical parameters, such as quantities and weights, but




    should also investigate social, economical and legal parameters.




3.  Additional studies on the impact of mechanical waste handling devices are




    needed.  With available waste generation data and an estimate of  anticipated




    increases in waste production, systems approach procedures must be investigated




    and the components of such systems evaluated.  New systems must be devised  to




    economically handle increased quantities.






Facilities - Operational Recommendations




1.  To reduce the exit of contaminated dust from the refuse a'nd laundry chutes




    into the corridors, exhaust fans should be installed near the top of  each




    chute to create a slight negative pressure.  If the doors are kept closed on




    the chutes, this should have little effect on the air conditioning system of




    the hospital.




2.  Refuse should be bagged at the point of generation wherever possible, and the




    bags should remain closed in order to reduce the possible spread  of contamination




    The contents of bags should never be dumped from one container to another or




    down the chute.




3.  Soiled laundry should be contained in bags until it reaches the laundry  area.




    The opening of bags in the corridor and the stuffing of individual sheets




    into the laundry chute has been proven to be a source of airborn  contamination.




    Laundry should be handled with precautions similar to those used  to handle




    refuse.

-------
                                                                                49
4.  Clean or sanitary items should never be placed on the same trays or conveyances




    that are used to handle wastes without properly sanitizing the trays or convey-




    ances.  Infractions of this rule were observed during the course of the study.




5.  Disposable syringes and needles should be made inoperative prior to disposal.




    This can be accomplished by cutting, crushing, melting,  or sealing them in a




    container.  Usable needles and syringes reached the loading dock almost daily.




    Since the hospital has no control over the municipal refuse disposal operation,




    it has no control over possible reuse of these devices unles they exercise




    proper handling procedures prior to disposal.




6.  Radioactive wastes should be handled in a safe manner.  Compliance with Atomic




    Energy Commission regulations will insure continuance of a non hazardous




    operation.




7.  Volatile liquids must be handled with continual care.  Separate storage and




    disposal is mandatory and should be continually maintained.




8.  Care should be exercised over the disposal of unused or  outdated medicinals,




    especially narcotics. Where there is no control over disposal  operations,  wastes




    must be handled so that there is no opportunity for them in a  usable form to




    reach the public.




9.  Reminders of safe waste-handling rules and techniques must continually  be




    given to all staff and professionals through in-house training and information




    bulletins.   Employees were often observed to practice unsafe and unsanitary




    procedures in the disposal of wastes that they generated or helped to generate.




    Too often people get in a hurry or become forgetful and  neglect basic rules




    that should always be observed.

-------
50
                        IV.   PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
                           OF MEDICAL CENTER SOLID WASTES
   Introduction
        The waste generation from the units of the Medical Center was analyzed to

   determine physical and chemical properties.  It was felt that these analyses would

   give better insight into the difficulties of an possible solutions to waste handling

   and disposal problems.

        Physical analyses performed include:  weight,  volume,  bulk density, and separa-

   tion of waste into component categories.

        Chemical analyses include:  moisture content (really a physical parameter but

   was performed as part of the chemical investigations),  volatile solids content, ash

   residue, gross calorific value (British Thermal Unit),  sulfur content, phosphorus

   content, nitrogen content,  carbon content, and hydrogen content.


   Physical Analyses

   Sample Preparation

        Sample collection and  preparation for physical analysis was described in

   detail in Chapter II.  Basically,  preparation consisted of manually sorting the

   waste into predetermined categories and weighing the total for each category.  A

   flow diagram of sample preparation is shown in Figure IV-1.

        Volume determinations  were made by:  a) measuring the size of the bulk containers

   at the loading dock and calculating their volumes,  b) measuring the size of the

   waste cart in the incinerator room and calculating its volume, c) measuring the

   number of gallons of water  it took to fill the plastic sampling and weighing contain-

   ers, and d) measuring the dimensions of individual piles of waste and computing their

   volumes.  When a container  was only part full, the sampler would estimate the volume

   based on a relationship of  what the volume would be if the container was full.

-------
 Waste from
 Medical Center
             1
Refuse Bag
Storage Area
         _J
      Excess Waste
      Container
      To Waste
                           Waist-High
                           Sorting Table
Can Storage
  Table
                                                             Grinder—^J
                                                      Sampling Table
                                                                                  Shredder
                              Figure IV-1 Physical analysis process

-------
52
   Estimates were spot checked periodically to determine accuracy.  The samples were




   able to stay within 5 to 10 percent accuracy limits.






   Solid Waste Densities




        Density values were calculated from the measured weights and volumes.  Densities




   at best were all relative.  If the sampler or housekeeper compressed more waste  into




   a given container by pushing with his hands or feet, the density increased accordingly,




   Throughout the study, a concentrated effort was made to measure the waste "in  situ" as




   it was being handled by Medical Center personnel without manipulating it or changing




   existing practices.




        Weights and volumes of refuse reaching the general purpose incinerator room and




   loading dock from both the Hospital and Basic Sciences Building were recorded  for




   eight separate weeks during the study period.  The densities  (ratio of weight  to




   volume) were computed from the data and statistical analyses were run to determine




   the reliability of the relationships.  The density values obtained are listed  on




   Table IV-1, complete with R squared values and standard errors.  The time of day




   that these quantities reached the incinerator room and loading dock are recorded on




   Table IV-2.




        Waste from the Hospital to the incinerator room comes mainly from patient care




   areas and includes very little glass or metal.  The waste is  loosely packed in




   plastic bags and takes up considerable volume, often accumulating in the chute up to




   the first floor (30 feet above).  The waste is mainly paper or plastic and con-




   sequently has a low weight to volume ratio (low density).  The refuse from Basic




   Sciences to the incinerator is also composed predominately of paper products but




   contains more office paper, magazines and heavier articles.   Since this waste  is




   picked up in carts and wheeled to the incinerator room,  the janitor who collects it




   often compacts his load into the cart to get more in per  trip and this increases the




   density.  This partially explains the difference of density between th.e two sources.

-------
      Table IV-i   Weight-volume relationships
SOURCE OF WASTE
Hospital
Hospital
Hospital
Basic Sciences
Basic Sciences
Basic Sciences
Medical Center
Medical Center
Medical Center
DESTINATION
Incinerator Room
Loading Dock
(Combined Total)
Incinerator Room
Loading Dock
(Combined Total)
Incinerator Room
Loading Dock
(Combined Total)
DENSITY
LBS/CILYD.
36.7
111.2
40. 1
64.2
86.2
74.2
37.2
100.7
4J.4
R2
0.991
0.915
0.841
0.964
0.857
0.865
0.979
0.879
0.874
STANDARn
ERROR
1.290
12.601
4.482
4.573
12.781
7.489
1.394
9.531
3.437.
Medical Center
 (Refuse Truck
  Weights)

Medical Center
 (Storage
  Container
  Weights)
Disposal Site
Disposal Site
149.1
216.1

-------
   Table TV-2  Mean hourly solid waste generation totals
                     (weight ir. pound:;)
UNIT
Hospital

TIME
0-6 A.M.
6-8 A.M.
8-10 A.M.
10-12 noon
12-2 P.M.
2-4 P.M.
4-6 P.M.
6-8 P.M.
8-10 P.M.
10-12 P.M.
TO LOADING
DOCK
0.0
13.4
234.1
172.4
233.1
125.3
55.7
249.1
80.6
127.0
                                         TO INCINERATOR
                                             ROOM
              TOTAL
1290.8
 173.4

1928.3
                                    TOTAL
0.0
215.4
219.2
249.8
187.4
431.2
156.5
114.9
180.5
0.0
228.8
453.3
422.2
420.5
556.5
212.2
364.1
261.1
 300.4

3219.1
Basic
Sciences








0-6 A.M.
6-8 A.M.
R-in A M
10-12 noon
12-2 P.M.
2-4 P M.
4-6 P.M.
6-8 P.M.
8-10 P.M.
10-12 P.M.
0.0
77.7
/, q 3
f -* n
HU.U
71.0
127.7
51.6
190.3
90.7
63.8
              TOTAL
 758.0
 531.3
1289.3
Medical
Center










0-6 A.M.
6-8 A.M.
8-10 A.M.
10-12 noon
12-2 P.M.
2-4 P.M.
4-6 P.M.
6-8 P.M.
8-10 P.M.
10-12 P.M.

0.0
73.0
268.8
203.1
287.5
223.3
95.3
395.2
150.2
176.0
              TOTAL
1872.5
2336.0
4208.5

-------
                                                                                  55
Since the Hospital contributes the major portion of the waste taken  to  the  incinerator




room, the value listed for the total Medical Center is closer to that of  the  Hospital.




     Wastes from the Hospital to the loading dock are composed of glass,  metal,  food




wastes, and other items not easily burned.  Densities of waste to the loading dock




are about three times that of the waste to the incinerator room.  The difference  is




not so great coming from Basic Sciences because there, is less glass, metal  and other




heavy items, and more empty boxes in this waste.  Values of density  for the entire




Medical Center give volumes greater than anticipated from review of  other investigations




in the literature.  If the total volume is divided by the number of  bed patients, the




volume production rate is 0.21 cubic yards or 5.71 cubic feet per patient.  If the




equivalent  population values are used, this rate reduces to 1.75 cubic  feet per




patient as  opposed to 0.5 to 1.0 cubic feet often quoted.




     Volumes and weights froir 92 observations of the refuse truck picking up waste




from the loading dock resulted in another value for density.  The mean density value




from these  observations was 149 pounds per cubic yard.  These observations often




included large quantities of empty boxes occupying extensive volume  prior to  loading




into the packer mechanism of the refuse truck.  Densities of the waste  in the containers




along averaged 216 pounds per cubic yard.  Waste in the containers was composed mostly




of ashes, glass, metal, casts and other items that were not combustible.






Waste Classification




     Solid wastes originating from hospitals have been classified in many different




ways by equally as many different individuals.  They are broadly classified as food




wastes (garbage), combustible material, and non-combustible material, and handled




accordingly.  Most wastes coming from patient care areas are classified as  infectious




while wastes originating from patients in isolation are normally classified as highly




infectious.  Often the total wastes become mixed and many authorities have  chosen to

-------
56
                     Table  IV-3  Hospital areas generating wastes and
                                their  typical waste products (30)
                  Area

          Administration

          Obstetrics department
          including patients'
          rooms
          Emergency and surgical
          departments,  including
          patients' roors
          Laboratory, ;norgue,
          rooms

          Isolation rootrs
          other than regular
          patients' rootrs
          Nursing stations
          Service areas
                                                      Waste Products
Paper goods
Soiled dressings; sponges; placentas; waste
fmpules, Deluding silver nitrate  capsules;
needles and syringes; disposable masks;  dis-
posable drapes; sanitary napkins;  disposable
blood lancets; disposable catheters and
colostomy bage; disposable enema units;  dis-
posable diapers and underp*ads; disposable
gloves; etc.

Soiled dressing:;; sponges; body tissue
including amputations; waste ampules; dis-
posable masks; miedles and syringes; drapes;
casts; disposable blood lancets; disposable
emesis basins; T/'.vine tubes; Catheters;
drainage sets;  :olostomy bags; underpads;
Contaminated glassware, including pipettes,

specimen slides; body tissue; organs; bones.

Paper goods containing nasal and sputum dis-
charges; dressings and bandages; disposable
masks; leftover food; disposable salt and
pepper shakers; ,  including tin cans, drums,
including food containers,
">,  and pharmaceutical bottles;
lie and patient rooms, including
owcrs, etc.; waste food materials
L  and floor kitchens; wastes
:
-------
           Table  IV-4 Additional Hospital areas generating wastes
                      and their typical waste products (30)
                                                                          57
      Area

Service areas
Teaching and
research areas
Food preparatiDn
areas
                 Waste l"_rod_ucts_

Dust and purticulatc matter from heating  and
ventilation equipment; soiJ.ed linens and
uniforms; lint from washing and drying  cycles;
empty detergent, bleach, and disinfectant
containers; etc.

Paper; bottles; dry rubbish; infectious
wastes (mostly animal remains including car-
casses and organ:;) ; cadavers and organs from
surgery; ashes from crematories; etc.

Wooden crates; cardboard and plas'.:ic cartons
containing food; food trimmings; cans; bottles;
aluminum and pla-.tic containers; paper tray
covers; disposable eating utensils; food
wastes; etc.

-------
58
                     Table  IV-5 APWA Classification of refuse materials
                         Kind or
                        Ch-rc-cr
Competition or Nature
Origin or Source


C<3, v.c.
Large auto parts, tires
Stoves, refrigerators, ofner large cpplicnces
Furniture, large crates
Trees, branches, palm fronds, stumps, flotage
•

Leuves
Cctch bcsin dirt
Contents of litter rccepfcctes
Small animals: ccts, dc;s, poultry, etc.
Lcrge cnimols: horses, ccws, etc.
Automobiles, trucks
Construction ; LuT.ber, roofing
& Demolition ; Rubble, broken
wastes ; Conc'uif, pioe,
Industrial
refuse
Special
wastes
, ond s'reathir.j scrcps
concrete, plaster, etc.
wire, insulation, etc.
Solid wastes resulting r'ro.Tn indusrriol
processes and manufccturing opcrcfions,
such as: fcoo-procc'.sirg wcitcs, Lcilcr
house cinders, weed, plastic, anj metal
' scrcos ond '-.'lavi^a;, etc.
Hazardojs w;sto;- oc!r- ologicol wastes,
explosives, radloccSvo mato.-iols
Security v/j',fjs.- csnfidc.Ttial documents,
negotiable pcners, etc.
Anincl and
Ajriculi urcl . Mcnures, crcp rc.idues
WCStcS j
Scwc^c
Ircat.-icr I
rclid jcs
Coorso screcnir-,, ^rit, Septic IG-.S ilud-e,
acwotcred sfuije
From:
households,
institutions,
ond commercial
concerns s^ch
as:
hotels,
stores,
restaurants,
markets, etc.
From:
streets,
sidewalks,
olleys,
vacant lott, etc.
From:
factories,
power plants,
etc.
Households,
hospitals,
institutions,
stores,
industry, etc.
Forms,
feed lots
Sewage treat-
ment plonts,
septic tanks
                       SOUKCc: AP.VA -  A^rdSc CC.UCTIG, - r'.WCTICES

-------
  Table  IV-6 Medical  Center  classification of refuse materials
     (APWA Classification)

GARBAGE                   FOOD:
                                              (Study Classification)

                                              Coffoo Ground H
RUBBISH  (conbustible)
                          PAPER:
RUBBISH
       (non-combustible)
ASHES

DEAD ANIMALS

CONSTRUCT!ON»
DEMOLITION WASTE

SPECIAL WASTES

ANIMAL, AGRICULTURAL
WASTE
                          PLASTICS:



                          FILM:

                          CLOTH:
Office
Carbon
Newspaper, magazine
Towels
Sacks
Cardboard
Cups
Candy, cigarette wrappers
Other

Hard
Foam
Bags

X-ray plates

Gotten
\~>ui_L.\jLi
Gauze
                          RUBBER:

                          WOOD:

                          DUNNAGE:

                          GLASS:

                          METALS:

                          MOLDS,  CASTS:

                          ASHES:

                          EXPERIMENTAL ANIMALS;

                          CONSTRUCTION W^STE:


                          RADIOACTIVE,  PATHOLOGICAL,  AUTOPSY,  SURGICAL

                          ANIMAL DROPPINGS

-------
 Office Paper
 Carbon Paper
 Newspapers , Magazines
 Paper Towels
 Paper Sacks
 Cardboard
 Paper Cups
 Candy, Cig.  Wrappers
 Other Paper
      TOTAL PAPER

 Hard Plastic
 Form Plastic
 Plastic Bags Etc.
      TOTAL PLASTIC

 Glass
 Rubber
 Metals
 Cloth,  Gauze,  Cotton
 Food
 Coffee
 Film,  X-ray  Plates
 Molds,  Casts    
-------
                                           Table  IV-.7  (continued)
Office  Paper
Carbon  Paper
Newspaper,Magazines
Paper Towels
Paper Sacks
Cardboard
Paper Cups
Candy,  Gig. Wrappers
Other Paper
     TOTAL PAPER

Hard Plastic
Form Plastic
Plastic  Bags  Etc.
     TOTAL PLASTIC

Glass
Rubber
Metals
Cloth, Gauze, Cotton
Food
Co f f ee
Film. X-ray Plates
Molds, Casts
Wood
Dunnage
Ashes
Animal Droppings
Other
     TOTAL
2ND
ER
CLIN
ADMIN
CAFE
GIFT
GRND
BASE
HOSPITAL
TOTAL
7.0
1.5
5.7
8.0
2.1
15.0
2.8
0.5
0.0
47.6
11.4
0.3
2.7
14.4
25.8
3.0
3.1
6.0
0.8
0.1
0.5
0.0
0.3
1.6
0.5
0.0
'. 3
6.9
0.1
5.7
17.6
6.5
7.2
5.0
1.6
0.2
50.8
3.8
0.0
2.7
6.5
13.4
2.8
1.3
16.6
2.1
0.0
0.0
3.1
1.0
0.0
0.7
0.0
1 Q
15.1
0.1
2.9
25.9
6.6
8.7
3.8
0.8
1.0
64.9
2.4
0.0
2.3
4.7
3.2
1.7
2.5
13.2
1.8
0.0
0.0
1.8
1.6
0.0
0.0
0.0
4.4
44.3
6.4
21.9
7.6
2.8
9.3
1.0
0.9
0.2
94.2
1.1
0.1
1.9
3.1
0.1
0.0
0.6
0.5
0.8
0.0
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.5
0.0
0.1
2.5
0.0
1.8
19.3
2.7
26.2
23.5
6.7
0.4
83.1
1.9
0.0
3.6
5.5
0.1
0 4
0, S
2.1
5.;
1.^
O.C
O.C
O.C
O.C ,
l.i
O.C
O.C
4.4
0.4
4.0
7.4
1.6
57.0
8.8
2.2
0.4
86.2
2.6
0.0
2.6
5.2
0.0
0.0
0.9
1.4
2.7
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.5
1.1
0.0
2.1
11.2
0.9
2.4
19.8
2.0
42.2
1.9
1.7
0.1
82.2
3.2
0.0
1.5
4.7
1.6
0.1
1.3
- 1.3
3.7
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.2
0.0
0.7
0.0
4.1
4.
1.
1.
12.
4.
23.
1.
0.
0.
49.
2.
0.
2.
5.
3.
9.
1.
24.
1.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
4.
9
0
8
0
6
0
3
6
1
3
8
0
3
1
7
2
4
9
1
0
0
0
1
3
1
0
8
5
0
4
12
5
10
5
1
0
46
5
0
4
9
18
2
1
15
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
.9
.6
.3
.9
.0
.4
.7
.0
.6
.4
.4
.2
.0
.6
.4
.1
.9
.6
.6
.4
.1
.3
.9
.2
.4
.0
.8
BSB
TOTAL
13.7
0.6
12.3
21.0
3.'J
13.5
1.7
0.0
0.3
67.8
2.4
0.2
1.3
4.4
10.7
3. I
4.7
1.3
2.1
0.5
0.1
2.3
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.3
1.8
100   100
100
100
100
100
100
lOO
100
                                                  100

-------
62
   consider all waste originating from hospitals as infectious and require  special




   disposal techniques (incineration) even though wastes originating  in administrative




   areas or from central receiving departments are no different than  wastes from other




   institutions (schools, office buildings) in a community.




        Tables IV-3 and IV-4 show general classifications of waste products from hospitals




   and the areas of generation as outlined by Oviatt (30).  Segregation in  such  detail




   was not considered necessary for accomplishing the objectives of this  study but the




   classification system was considered sufficiently informative jto include with the




   report.




        Table IV-5 shows the American Public Works Association CAPWA) classification  for




   all refuse materials.  Table IV-6 shows the classification system  used during this




   project and its relationship to the APWA system.  The categories used  in this study




   were chosen for ease of identification, facility in sorting, and use In  later analyst!




   Quantities of waste generated in each category by each unit of the hospital are shewn




   later in this chapter.




        The 24 hour accumulations of waste from each of the units were separated into the




   designated categories and each category was weighed.  The mean daily percentages for




   t jr.h category from each Hospital unit are listed on Ta°ble IV-7.  Paper,  in  vari".>s




   s- b~categories was high from all units arid accounted for 46 percent of the  total




   Hospital weight.  Either glass or cloth-gauze-cotton categories were second >• Lgnest




   depending on the particular unit source.  Note that paper towels alone account  f>-r




   13 percent of the total hospital waste by weight but account for a much  higher  percent1




   l>y volume.  Plastic percentages were not significant weightwise, but a plastic  bottle




   takesup just as much volume as a glass bottle and can be more difficult  to  dispose.




   An increased use of plastics could decrease total weights while increasing  total



   volumes.

-------
                                                                                  63
     The mean percentages for each day of the week  in each  category  are  shown for




the Hospital on Table IV-8 and for the Basic Sciences on  Table  IV-9.   It is  important




to nnce that these percentages do not include food  preparation  or  food scrapping




wastes nor do they include experimental animals or  pathological wastes.   Table  IV-10




shows the mean percentages for the Hospital  (except kitchen and cafeteria),  main




kitchen and cafeteria, Hospital total, Basic Sciences (except kitchen, Basic  Sciences




kitchen, Basic Sciences total, and Medical Center total.  This  table gives a  more




realistic overview of percentages of waste (by weight) by each  of  the various cate-




gories.




     The figures  in  the preceding tables reflect the percentages by weight of the




various categories of waste.  Table IV-11 shows the actual  weights for each  of  the




categories measured  for the main kitchen of  the Hospital.   This information  is




significant since approximately one third (by weight) of all the refuse  generated




in the Hospital comes from the main kitchen.  Table IV-11 is divided into food




preparation and food scrapping activities.   The wastes generated by these activities




are  indicated for each of the days sampled.






Conclusions




     It is estimated that if the Hospital converted to total disposable  food




service items (including trays) it would add approximate.!/  [,800 pounds  per dav to




the waste load.   This would more than double present waste  quantites from the main




kitchen.  Since most of the disposable items are low in weight per unit  volume,  this




•wculd add very high  volumes of vaste to be handled and require some type of  on-site




compactor or volume  reduction device to accommodate the loads«,  T^e pioportimi  of




paper and plastics would greatly increase if such a conversion were to take  place




     It is estimated that if the Hospital converted to disposable  linen  the  increased




weight of  refuse requiring disposal would be approximately  2,000 pounds.  This  is

-------
Table IV-8 Daily Hospital  refuse  generation by category
                   (values  in  percent  of weight)

•MONDAY  TUESDAY  WEDNESDAY  THURSDAY   FRIDAY  SATURDAY  SUNDAY  WEEKLY

Office Paper
Carbon Paper
Newspapers ,
Magazines
Paper Towels
Paper Sacks
Cardboard
Paper Cups
Candy, Cig.
Wrappers
Other Paper
Hard Plastic
Foam Plastic
Plastic Bags,
Etc.
Glass
Rubber
Metals
Cloth, Gauze,
Cotton
Food
Coffee Grounds
Film, X-ray
Plates
Molds, Casts
Wood
Dunnage
Ashes
Animal Droppings
Other

6.95
0.83

5.21
14.21
5.06
9.63
5.62

0.88
2.42
4184
0.14

2.83
18.30
1.47
1.85

14.12
1.99
0.25

0.35
0.09
0.33
0.00
0.32
0.00
2.26
TOTAL 100.00

7.07
0.74

5.59
13.10
5.10
7.72
6.33

0.78
0.40
6.21
0.37

4.46
19.18
2.40
2.31

11.07
1.58
0.41

0.06
0.47
0.27
0.00
0.47
0.00
3.91
100.00

7.55
0.57

2.76
12.35
4.70
12.50
3.75

0.83
0.60
4.20
0.46

8.43
14.74
2.80
1.80

16.02
1.32
0.44

0.00
0.00
0.15
0.00
0.33
0.00
3.70
100.00

4.80
0.41

3.74
12.41
5.34
17.13
4.66

1.00
0.06
5.76
0.10

2.90
15.11
2.35
1.80

15.75
1.55
0.73

0.02
1.29
0.18
0.00
0.32
0.00
2.59
100.00

4.97
0.65

4.21
12.23
4.79
8.46
6.01

0.96
0.26
6.40
0.06

2.13
22.34
1.82
1.57

16.81
1.57
0.09

0.04
0.09
0.16
1.26
0.46
0.00
2.66
100.00

4.74
0.00

4.01
13.99
5.15
8.16
8.46

1.37
0.10
4.78
0.00

2.82
18.67
1.54
1.67

20.25
2.01
0.30

0.00
0.00
0.11
0.00
0.52
0.00
1.35
100.00

3.73
0.23

4.50
12.34
4.84
5.80
7.54

1.12
0.29
5.69
0.00

3.83
23.07
2.16
2.07

17.97
1.55
0.32

0.10
0.00
0.14
0.05
0.53
0.00
2.13
100.00
TOTAL
5.9
0.6

4.3
12.9
5.0
10.4
5.7

1.0
0.6
5.4
0.2

4.0
18.4
2.1
1.9

15.6
1.5
0.4

0.1
0.3
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.0
2.8
100.0

-------
Table IV-9 Daily Basic Sciences refuse generation by  category
                      (values in percent of weight)

     MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY WEEKLY  95%  CONFIDENCE INTERVAL

Office Paper
Carbon Paper
Newspapers ,
Magazines
Papec Towels
Paper Sacks
Cardboard
Paper Cups
Candy, Cig.
Wrappers
Other Paper
Hard Plastic
Foam Plastic
Plascic Bags,
Etc.
Glass
Rubber
Metals
Cloth, Gauze,
Co -ton
Food
Coffut: Grounds
Film,. X-ray
P:.ates
Moldn, Casts
Wood
Dunnage
Ashe:3
Animal Droppings
Other
TOTAL

15.9
0.6

11.9
18.8
3.7
13.3
1.9

1.1
0.2
2.9
0.1

0.9
12.7
3.6
5.0

1.2
1.8
0.5

0.0
1.4
0.2
0.1
0.3
0.1
1.8
100.0

13.4
0.7

7.5
24.3
4.4
17.2
2.1

0.6
0.0
2.8
0.4

0.9
12.1
0.3
3.8

1.3
1.5
0.7

0.0
1.3
0.1
0.3
0.2
0.2
3.9
100.0

18.3
0.4

16.6
22.7
1.8
9.5
1.8

0.8
0.2
1.9
0.1

0.7
10.3
0.3
5.1

1.5
2.9
0.2

0.1
3.3
0.3
0.1
0.4
0.1
0.6
100.0

8.9
0.6

.0.8
:2.3
4.8
13.0
1.4

0.7
0.4
2.8
0.2

5.2
5»8
9.0
5.8

1.7
2.3
0.4

0.0
2.2
0.1
0.3
0.4
0.2
0.7
K'0.0

12.8
0.7

15.1
17.7
4.6
14.3
1.5

0.8
0.6
1.5
0.3

0.9
12.8
1.2
4.0

0.9
2.2
1.0

0.3
3.3
0.2
0.2
0.7
0.1
2.3
100.0
TOTAL
13.7
0.6

12.3
21.0
3.9
13.5
1.7

0.8
0.3
2.4
0.2

1.8
10.7
3.1
4.7

1.3
2.1
0.6

0.1
2.3
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.1
2.0
100.0
LOW LIM
10.6
0.5

9.1
18.6
2.9
11.1
1.5

0.6
0.1
1.8
0.1

0.1
8.2
-0.2
4.0

1.0
1.7
0.3

-0.0
1.4
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.1
0.6
74.9
UP LIM
16.8
0.7

15.4
23.5
5.0
16.0
2.0

1.0
0.5
2.9
0.3

3.5
13.3
6.3
5.5

1.6
2.6
0.9

0.2
3.2
A n
w • -/
0.3
0.6
0.2
3.1
125.7
                                                                                        V.1

-------
                                                                                                  
-------
                  Table IV-11  Sampling dita for the Main Kitchen.
                                        Weights In Pounds
                   Monday  Tuesday  Wednesday  Thursday   Friday   Saturday   Sunday
                   4/7/69  3/25/69   2/26/69    1/30/69  11/15/69  10/26/69  4/20/61.
Food preparation

   paper

   food

   cans & bottles



food scrapping
170
518
84
152
313
88
143
37)
115
106
351
117
260
432
119
117
443
108
97
251
108
paper
food
Totals
229
518
1519
212
655
1420
22/
523
137}
315
514
1403
265
282
1358
205
331
1204
214
236
906

-------
68
    based  on non-woven disposable sheets weighing about 25 percent of what a linen




   sheet weighs.   If such a conversion were to take place, the proportions of paper




   and/or  plastics would increase significantly.




        The quantities of waste generated in each of the categories reflects the type




   of materials used and to a degree,  the type of service given by the particular unit




   of the  Hospital.  Any significant change in the types or physical characteristics




   of the  materials used in the units will naturally be reflected in the wastes.  Paper




   and plastics together comprise well over half  of the total waste load (by weight).




   Since most of the wastes from the Hospital are low density wastes,  (41 Ibs/cu.ft.)




   the volumes generated are very high (about 2-1/2 cu.yds./lOO Ibs).   Consequently




   most hospitals have volume reduction equipment in the form of incinerators or on-site




   compactors.  Without some method of reducing the volume, the storage requirements




   would be extremely high.




        The design of refuse handling facilities  and equipment should reflect the




   physical nature of the waste and provide the necessary volume storage or volume




   reduction capacities.  Automatic waste handling equipment is being developed to




   process the large quantities of materials that flow through hospitals.  Materials




   handling expertise is being directed toward the problems in hospitals but without




   information such as that presented in these tables,  it could well be misdirected.




        Hospitals which are required to pay for waste disposal on a volume basis shcjjd




   use every means available to reduce the volume while those hospitals which pay on




   a weight basis, may not be as concerned about  volume reduction.

-------
                                                                                  69
CHEMICAL ANALYSIS




Sample  Preparation




      Sampling  procedures  and  initial  sample  preparation were  discussed in detail




in  Chapter  II.  Any  additional  preparation necessary  prior  to chemical analysis




IT  described as part of the specific  test  procedures  for each chemical test.   For




most  analyses  the procedures  outlined in Appendix  B of  Municipal  Refuse Disposal




(91)  were  followed.   Where modifications to  these  analyses  were required or where




procedures  were used that are not  contained  in Appendix B of  Municipal Refuse  Disposal,




such  deviations or additions  are mentioned in addition  to the standard procedure for




each  chemical  analysis.   That is listed in Appendix B of this report.




      The  samples  taken from the covered tin  containers  were systematically analysed




in  order  to obtain maximum efficiency of equipment.  The tests conducted were  as




follows in  order  of  testing;  Moisture content, Volatile solids content, ash




residue,  Gross calorific  value  (B.T.U.) Sulfur content,  Phosphorus content,




Nitrogen  content, Carbon  content and  Hydrogen content.




      Statistical  analyses were  run on all  chemical data  to  increase the  degree  cf




reliability for the  results and conclusions.  Means, standard deviations, standard




error of  this  means,  and  ninety five  percent confidence  intervals were  the statis-




tical analyses used  for this  portion  of the  study.






Moisture Content




      The true moisture content  of  the  solid waste as generated from the  Medical




Center  is not reflected by this data  as shown in Table  IV-12.  The sample preparation




process was not conductive to moisture retention.  The  separation into categories




rough grinding through the "Davis-Built" grandulator and  fine grinding through  the




Standard Model 3 Wiley Mill all allowed the samples to be in  contact with the  air




and tc dry out.

-------
70
                            Table IV-12 Moisture content
                                        (Percent of Total Weight)
Location
Hospital
Basic Sciences
Total Medical Center
No. of
Observations
76
101
177
Mean
5.054
5.455
5.283
Standard
Deviation
0.149
0.166
0.115
95%
C.I.
5.351
5.784
5.508
           No tests were run on the "as received" refuse to determine actual moisture

      percentages but visual observations on wastes coming from the kitch laboratories,

      maternity, intensive care, surgery and areas where burn patients are cared for

      confirmed that wastes were often very moist.

           Since over half of the waste was paper, much of the moisture was absorbed

      in the waste handling process.  Only when partially filled containers were

      dumped did moisture seep from the refuse.

           The true moisture content is important for incinerator operation and heat

      reclamation.  Moisture adds to the weight of refuse for disposal and can increase

      disposal costs where weight is the parameter for cost determination.

           Since the moisture content of the refuse will vary significantly from one

      hospital unit to another,  it was not felt necessary to obtain "as received"

      moisture values.  This should be done on an individual hospital basis if it is

      required.  Excessive moisture content will lower the effective heating value of

      the refuse if heat recovery operations are anticipated.


      Volatile Solids Content

           The values for volatile solids content are calculated on the portion of the

      sample that was ground.  Excluded are the metal, wood, glass, rubber and hard

      plastic components of the waste.  Since glass and metal make up approximately 20

-------
                                                                               71
percent of the total waste by weight the mean value  listed  in  Table  IV-13  for

the total Medical Center should be reduced to approximately 76 percent.

                  Table IV-13 Volatile solids content
                              (Percent of Total Weight)
Location
Hospital
Basic Sciences
Total Medical Center
No. of
Observations
76
101
177
Mean
96.372
95.576
95.917
Standard
Deviation
0.211
0.246
0.168
95%
C.I.
96.794
96.062
96.246
     Glass and metal are normally excluded from the waste that is incinerated,

consequently  these values are not too different from what occurs in actual

practice.  Approximately 92 percent by weight of the waste incinerated leaves

through  the chimney leaving an ash residue of about 8 percent.  The refuse

incinerator at the Medical Center is not equipped with after burners or air

pollution control devices and consequently all the material that leaves the

stack has not volatized.  Fly ash, unburned particles and products of incomplete

combustion shower the neighborhood making the 92 percent apparent weight reduction

seem better than it really is.

     The volatile solids content of the samples does show that with proper in-

cineration, the wastes can be significantly reduced in both weight and volume.

This is primarily due to the high percentages of paper, plastic, cloth, and other

materials that are combustible.


Ash Residue

     The ash residue represents that portion of the waste which is not volatile.

Because of this relationship,  most of what was discussed under Volatile Solids

content is applicable for ash content,  but with inverse results.  The values

-------
72
      listed  in Table  IV-14 are  low because  of the  exclusion of glass and metal from

      the  samples.   Adjusted values would  range closer  to 24 percent by weight.

                   Table  IV-14 Ash Residue - Volatile solids test
                               (Percent of Total Weight)
No. of Standard
Location Observations Mean Deviation
Hospital 76 3.627 0.206
Basic Sciences 101 4.423 0.242
Total Medical Center 177 4.081 0.166
Carbon train test
Hospital 76 2.707 0.222
Basic Sciences 101 3.651 0.300
Total Medical Center 177 3.246 0.198
95%
C.I.
4.038
4.902
4.407

3.151
4.245
3.635
Gross Calorific Value
           The gross calorific value of the  refuse  provides  a  measure  of its heating

      potential.   Incinerators are designed  around  the  heat  value  of the fuel to be

      used when heat recovery or heat dissipation are of  prime importance.   Knowing

      the calorific value of hospital refuse,  expressed in B.T.U.'s per  pound of

      refuse,  provides design engineers with a helpful  tool.   The  B.T.U. value allows

      us to compare one fuel with another.

           The calorific value for municipal refuse varies from about  5,500 BTU/pound

      to 10,000 BTU/pound.   The values obtained for this  refuse averaged around 8,000

      BTU/pound and did not  vary much over 500 BTU/pound  above or  below  this mean

      value.   Having a fuel  with a reliable  heating value is an important factor.

-------
                                                                               73
     The figures in Table IV-15 do not include the non-grindable metal,  glass,

wood, rubber and hard plastic.  The metal and glass would not add  to  the BTU value

but wood, rubber and hard plastic would.  The values  in Table IV-15 were obtained

from samples having low moisture contents.  A higher  moisture content would

decrease the BTU value per pound of refuse.  It is assumed that the low  moisture

content is offset by the lack of wood, rubber and hard plastic which could tend

to cancel each other out.

                   Table IV-15 Gross calorific value
                               (Values in B.T.U./pound)
Location
Hospital
Basic Sciences
Total Medical Center
No. of
Observations
76
101
177
Mean
8381.391
7612.477
7942.508
Standard
Deviation
112.537
98.512
79.327
95%
C.I.
8606.461
7807.527
8097.988
     Coal has BTU per pound values ranging from 10,000 to over 14,000 with a high

percentage of coals having around 13,000.  Hospital refuse at 8,000 BTU per

pound  is not as good as coal but since it must be disposed of anyway and since

it contains possible pathogenic organisms that can be killed by heat, it makes

good sense to incinerate where air pollution control regulations can be satisfied

both in equipment and operation.


Sulfur Content

     The sulfur in refuse can react to form sulfur dioxide (SCL) when incinerated,

This gas can then add to air pollution problems if sufficient quantities are

generated.   In certain areas of the country coal with a sulfur content over 2

percent is  banned because of the sulfur dioxide that is released.  Coal is con-

sidered low sulfur coal when the sulfur content is 1 percent or less.

-------
74
           The  sulfur  content  of this refuse was about 0.2 percent or one fifth that of

      a  low sulfur  coal.   Since it would take almost twice as much refuse as coal to

      give  the  same B.T.U.  value it would be more realistic to figure twice as much

      sulfur liberated or  about 0.4 percent when comparing refuse to coal.  Even at

      this  figure,  the sulfur  content of refuse does not appear to be a serious problem

      during incineration  as seen in Table IV-16.

                           Table IV-16 Sulphur content
                                       (Percent of Total Weight)
Location
Hospital
Basic Sciences
Total Medical Center
No. of
Observations
76
101
177
Mean
0.211
0.199
0.204
Standard
Deviation
0.018
0.014
0.011
957.
C.I.
0.247
0.226
0.226
           If the refuse is landfilled and anaerobic conditions occur, the sulfur in

      the  refuse can be  reduced to hydrogen sulfide (H S) which can be quite odiforous.

      Other than that, there should be no problems with sulfur in waste disposal opera-

      tions.


      Phosphorus Content

           The phosphorus content of the refuse is very low,  0.03 percent.  Phosphorus

      content of municipal refuse ranges from 0.12 to 0.70 percent as shown on Table

      IV-17

           The phosphorus content of this refuse is considered to be inconsequential.

-------
                                                                               75
                      Table  IV-17  Phosphorus content
                                  (Percent of Total Weight)
Location
Hospital
Basic Sciences
Total Medical Center
No. of
Observations
76
101
177
Mean
0.025
0.026
0.026
Standard
Deviation
0.033
0.002
0.002
95%
C.I.
0.030
0.030
0.029
Nitrogen Content
      The nitrogen content  of the  refuse  sampled  is  low  (0.33  percent)  but  this

 compares with the low end  of the  values  for  municipal refuse  that are  shown  in

 Table IV-18.

                       Table  IV-18 Nitrogen content
                                   (Percent of  Total Weight)
Location
Hospital
Basic Sciences
Total Medical Center
No. of
Observations
73
97
170
Mean
0.343
0.318
0.329
Standard
Deviation
0.017
0.015
0.011
95%
C.I.
0.377
0.347
0.351
      The nitrogen  content  is  not considered  important  in  incineration but could

 play  a  small role  in composting or decomposition  in landfills.  The nitrogen

 content of this refuse  is  not considered significant.


 Carbon Content

     The high carbon content reflects itself in high BTU values and high volatile

 solids values.  It also indicates a high organic content  in the samples.  These

values would be lowered somewhat if metal and glass were added to the total from

which the percentages were calculated.  Comparing the values obtained in this

-------
76
      study with  those  listed  in Table IV-19 for municipal refuse shows this refuse


      to be on the  high side.

                              Table IV-19 Carbon content
                                          (Percent of Total Weight)
Location
Hospital
Basic Sciences
Total Medical Center
No. of
Observations
76
101
177
Mean
45.840
43.149
44.304
Standard
Deviation
0.334
0.277
0.236
957.
-C.I.
46.508
43.699
44.767
           Both incineration and biological decomposition can benefit from large carbon

      contents in the refuse.  Carbon dioxide (C02) is the final product desired from


      the carbon in any waste.

           Carbon-nitrogen or carbon-hydrogen ratios can be easily calculated from


      the data in these tables.



      Hydrogen Content

           The hydrogen content of this hospital's refuse is slightly above that

      expected in municipal refuse as shown in Table IV-20.  Quantities of plastics

      larger  than normally found in municipal refuse could explain part of this.  A

      large hydrogen content  is not considered bad and consequently the amount contained

      in  this refuse should not be detrimental to any waste disposal practices.

                           Table IV-20 Hydrogen content
                                       (Percent of Total Weight)
Location
Hospital
Basic Sciences
Total Medical Center
No. of
Observations
76
101
177
Mean
7.376
6.803
7.049
Standard
Deviation
0.061
0.049
0.044
95%
C.I.
7.498
6.899
7.134

-------
                                                                           77
              Table IV-21 Chemical test comparisons
                          (Ranges of values containing 68%
                          of test means)
Chemical Test
Moisture
Volatile Solids
Ash
B.T.U.
Sulfur
Phosphorus
Nitrogen
Carbon
Hydrogen
Range
4.0 -
95 -
2 -
7,000 -
0.09 -
0.009 -
0.25 -
41 -
6.3 -
6.5
98
5
8,500
0.30
0.040
0.45
48
7.7
Comparison*
8.8 -
53 -
4 -
5,475 -
0.08 -
0.12 -
.3 -
76 -
4.2 -
575
95
38
10,000
0.6
0.70
1,74
48
6.4
Comparison**
15 -
50 -
-
3,000 -
0.07 -
-
0.2 -
15 -
2 -
35
65

6,000
0,1

1.5
30
5
*  Ulmer, N. S., "Physical and Chemical Parameters and Methods for
                 Solid Waste Characterization," Division of Research
                 and Development, Open File Progress Report #RS-03-68-17
                 PHS - HEW, 1970.
** DeMarko,  J. et al., Incinerator Guidelines - 1969, U. S. Dept. of
                 Health,  Education and Welfare, Public Health Service
                 Publication No. 2012, p.  6.

-------
78
                    V.  BACTERIOLOGICAL AND VIROLOGICAL STUDIES






  Introduction
       The bacteriological studies were conducted in three phases;  (1)  a  general




  approach at selected wastes to determine types and quantities  of  organisms  present




  through the use of selective media and total population counts,  (2) a more  detailed




  examination for specific organisms from each of the generating units  of the institution,




  and (3) a study of airborne bacteria that are generated during waste  handling and




  pathways by which such bacteria can be disseminated within  the hospital environment.




       The virological studies consisted mainly of determining the  length of  time  that




  viral agents persisted at room temperature on solid waste materials recovered from




  the Hospital, the efficiency of their recovery and some of  the factors  which might




  influence their survival or recovery.  Isolation and  identification of  virus from raw




  refuse that had not been artifically contaminated was not attempted during  this  study.






  PHASE 1  Bacteriological Studies




       The increased production of solid waste has lead to an increased possibility of




  contamination of persons from pathogenic microorganisms in  refuse.  The presence of




  tliese organisms in the refuse has been verified and correlated with some of the




  current diseases of today (17,92).  Some of the diseases that  may be  contacted




  through environmental association with the refuse from a hospital are:  salmonellosis,




  tuberculosis, amebic dysentery, staphlococcal infections, streptococcal infections,




  typhoid, urinary tract infections, hepatitis, and diphtheria.




       The increasing potential of infection by pathogenic microorganisms can only be




  controlled by proper environmental safeguards.  Contact with the  disease-related




  organisms in the refuse may result from direct handling of  the wastes or indirect




  contact with some inanimate object that had been infected.  It is important that a




  thorough investigation of waste be made and pathogens that  are related  to man and

-------
                                                                                  79
his diseases be identified.  Their distribution  throughout  the institution and possible




routes of communication should also be established.




     Before this can be accomplished, it  is necessary  to  provide  some guide lines




regarding what are organisms of  importance and what means are  available to correctly




identify them.  This will  include, the sampling  techniques  that are  presently being




employed and the media that are  used  to culture  these  organisms.




     The main objective is the correlation of the  total bacterial count per gram of




sample.  This includes the total aerobic  and anaerobic counts, plus  the use of




selective media for the counts for streptococci, staphlococci, coli,  fungi,  molds,




and others.  The endeavor  today  is to relate all of these pathogenic  species (only




a  few  species are pathogenic in  each  of the above  groups) to their association with




man and how, through environmental control, their  virulence can be decreased.






Methods and Materials




     All samples were taken from pre-determined  stations  established  by other




researching personnel.  Each sample was checked  for:




     (1)  Total Count - Standard Plate Count Agar, incubated at 37°C  for




          24-48 hours.




     (2)  Total Anaerobic  Count  - Standard Plate Count Agar, incubated  at  37°C




          for 72-120 hours.




     (3)  Aerobic Sporeformers - Heat sample to  80°C for  30 minutes - use




          Nutrient Broth.




     (4)  Anaerobic Sporeformers - Heat sample to  80°C for 30 minutes - use




          Thioglycollate Broth.




     (5)  Coliform Count - Violet Red Bile Agar,  MacConkey Agar




     (6)  Pathogenic Staphlococci - Mannitol Salt Agar




     (7)  Beta-Hemolytic Organisms - Blood Agar Plates

-------
80
        (8)   Fungi -  Cooke's Rose Bengal Agar




        (9)   Streptocci & Enterococci -  Mitis Salivarius Agar




        The  Agars,  Broths,  Mediums and Preparations used to perform these analyses




   are  listed in Appendix C.







   Collection and Preparation of  Samples



        In the beginning of this  study,  all samples were taken from the incinerator




   room in the basement of the University Hospital.  These samples were taken on a




   biased  basis,  avoiding all refuse that appeared to be an administrative level, and




   restricting the collection of  samples to those of an obvious medical nature.




        It was presumed that the  refuse  from the administrative offices was of a low




   micrcbial count and that it was important in the beginning to determine what were




   the  real,  potential pathogens  that were to come from the medical wastes.  In the




   latter  part of this study sampling began on a total hospital basis to verify the




   previous  assumption.




        The  collectors of the samples were always equipped with a disposable mask,




   rubber  gloves, and a white laboratory coat.  These precautions were taken because




   sorting through this refuse, the collector was subject to contamination from many




   infectious agents.




        The  sample was collected  in large (10 gal.) plastic bags from the designated




   station and then tagged,  identifying  the station number, date, and the time the




   sample  was picked  up.




        F.ach sample was picked on a random basis throughout the station area.  The




   sample  was then brought  back to the laboratory for separation and grinding.  It




   was  also,  necessary to sort from the  refuse all plastic, such as utensils, plastic




   bags, syringes,  etc.,  and metal items,  such as scissors, needles, clamps, wire;




   because this material  would break the grinders being used.

-------
                                                                                  81
     To decrease the  initial bulk  load  on the smaller grinder,  each specimen was




pre-ground on a large Wisconsin grinder-   The specimen was ground to the 2 mm size




and then placed in sterilized metal  container (1  pint) and identified by date, time




and station number.




Analysis




Equipment:




      (1)  Dial-0-Gram Ohnus Balance, Weigh:   1600 gm capacity




      (2)  Beaker, Sterile, 50 ml




      (3)  Phosphate Peptone Buffer Solution




      (4)  Agar  Plates (100 mm Diameter)




      (5)  Dilution Tubes  (20 ml)




      (6)  Broth Tubes (20 ml)




      (7)  Incubator @ 37°C + 0.5°C




      (8)  Brewer Anaerobic Jar




      (9)  Large, Glass  Desiccator




     (10)  Small Candles




     (11)  Tube racks




     (12)  Sterile pipets  - in 10 ml  size  - in 1 ml  size  (disposable)




     (13)  Sterile Cotton




    (14)  Bent Glass  Rod




Steps in Analysis:




     (1)  All steps required strict  aseptic conditions - Weigh  50 ml  sterile




          beaker on balance.




     (2)  Add exactly 1 gm of ground sample with  sterile tongs  to beaker while




          still on balance.




     (3)  Add 9 ml of phosphate  peptone buffer solution  to beakered sample




          with a sterile pipet.

-------
                                                                                                           oo
                                                                                                           ro
                                                  Figure V-l

                              FLOW DIAGRAM FOR BACTERIOLOGICAL EXAMINATION
1 Gm  Sample + 9 Ml
               0.5% Peptone Bro :h Soln (PBS)
80° C @ 30
Spore Formers
 Aerobic
 Anerobes

Isolates
 Thioglycollates
   Broth
 Nutrient Broth
   (1) EMB Agar
                                       — 1     —8
                   Dilutions in PBS (10   - 10  )
                            \
                   Total Count in Duplicate

                       - Aerobic
                       -Anaerobic

                   STD. Plate Count Agar
                       Coliforms (lO"1 - 10~8)
                         VRB Agar
                                           - Mannitol Salt Agar - (Staphlococci)

                                           - MacConkey's Agar (Gram. (-) )

                                           - Mitis Salivarius Agar
                                               (Streptococci Enterococci)

                                           - Blood Agar Plates (B-Strepto~occi)
                                                                        v

                                           - Cooke's Rose Bengal Agar  (Fungi)
Colored Colonies

 E.  Coli.
 Enterobacter
 Klebsiella
Colorless Colonies

 Proteis
 Pseudcnnnas
 Herrella
 _Sali!ior e lla
 ShigeUa

-------
                                                                 83
(4)  Follow this dilution scheme:



        Original 1 gm •»- 19 ml = 10"1'



        2 ml (10'1'3) + 8 ml = 10~2



        1 ml (10~2) + 9 ml = 10~3



        1 ml (10~3) + 9 ml = 10~4



        1 ml (l(f4) + 9 ml = 10"5



        1 ml (10~5) + 9 ml = 10~6



        1 ml (10~6) + 9 ml - 10"7



        1 ml (10~7) + 9 ml - 10~8



(5)  Innoculation of Agar Plates and Broths - Each plate was



     Innoculated with 0.1 ml of the dilutioned sample - and then



     spread evenly over the stirtace wicn a Dent glass roa.




                                 Dilution Range    No. of Plates


                                    —3     —8
(a)  Aerobic:  Plate Count Agar   10-10              2



(b)  Anerobic:  Plate Count Agar  10"3 - Iff8            2



(c)  Violet Red Bile Agar         10"1 - 10"6            1 Each



(d)  MacConkey Agar               10*"1 - 10~6            1 Each



(e)  Mitis Salivarius Agar        10"1 - 10~6            1 Each



(f)  Blood Agar                   10** - 10~6            1 Each



(g)  Cooke's Rose Bengal Agar     10"  - 10~             1 Each



(h)  Mannitol Salt Agar           10"1 - 10~6            1 Each



     Then all dilutions were heated :.n water bath for 30 minutes



     @ 80-82°C and then  inoculated U/dilution into thioglycollate



     broth and nitrient broth.

-------
(6)  Incubation:  All samples inverted during incubation




     (a)  "True" Aerobic Incubation - Plates placed in incubator




     (b)  Brewer Anaerobic Jar in incubator




     (c)  (d)  (e)  (f)  (h)  All incumbated "Microaerophillically"




          in glass disiccator in the presence of C0_ + 0_.  C0_




          environment is established by placing a small candle




          inside disiccator with plates in side, lighting it,




          close and incubate flame burns off a major portion of




          0- environment.




          All samples incubated at 37°C + 0.5°C for 24 hours




          except (6) Cooke's Rose Bengal Agar for fungi which is



          t   i  ._ . . f\ »r-O /* i  nO r*  j  .  ..	 ..	„_».	3
          ^kllt-UUO UWkA ^ i.^ w •  A. S* , .k •  C. • A.W04U wt^M*^* «_•. w*.wMfc w ^«»»«»




          read 48-72 hours.




(7)  Counting - All colony counts were made on a Qubec.  Colony




     Counter.  The only plates that were recorded were those in




     which the colonies numbered between 30-300.




(8)  Computation of number of organisms per gram of refuse.

-------
                                                                                  85
Results and Discussion


     A complete test journal plus histograms  for  test bacterial  counts  are  contained


 in Appendix C.


                                    TEST #0
                               ORIGIN:  Incinerator Room
                     -4           6
                    10   :  4.4 x  10 /gm
DATE:  July 14, 1970


PGA...AEROBIC:


                   mostly Bacillus, various types


                   5-10% Staphylococcus  5-10% Corynebacterium


PGA... ANAEROBIC   10~4:  2.6 x 106/gm


                   similar to aerobic plates


B.A.               10~4:  5.1 x 106/gm


                   most Bacillus, 3 Staphylococcus, 4 Corynebacterium


                   no hemolytic colonies


                   10"4:  9.0 x 105/gm
MSA
M-S
VRB
MacC
                    Staphlococcus-like, overgrown with Bacillus

                                              -1
                   10"2:  3.8 x 104/gm
                   all Enterococcus,
                         10
12 possible mitis
                   10
                     -2
CRB
       2.5 x 10H/gm	coli


       6.0 x 104/gm	total


       no E. coli confirmed


10"2:  2.7 x 104/gm 	coli

               4
       6.7 x 10 /gm	total


       also Streptococcus,  no E. coli confirmed


10"1'3:  1.2 x 104/gm
                            molds:  1.0 x 10

-------
86
                             yeast:   1.4 x 10




                             1.9 x 103 total of fumigatus. Alternaria. phycomycetes




                                       penicillin types, yellow Aspergillus




   THIO.               KPN:   1.5 x 104




   N.B.               MPNt   9.3 x 10






                                    Station No. 0




                                   Incinerator Room




        The original sample taken from this station was biased for, it was compulsory




   to know which types of organisms  were to be found in the "dirtiest" area of the




   hospital.   As far as total count  is concerned, Bacillus organisms were the most




   significant colonies present.  Staphylococcus organisms comprised 5-107., and




   Corynebacterium 5-10%.




        Although there were many colonies of cocci-form bacteria present on the VRB




   and MacConkey Agars,  none of these passed the confirmed test (BGBLB) for the




   presence of E^ coci.  CRB Agar presented a wide variety of molds and fungi,




   including phycomycetes,  Aspergillus. and penicillin types.




        Sporeformers from the thioglycollate and Nutrient Broth verified the high




   populations that are present in the refuse.




        Actually because the sample  was biased it can only be used as an indicator




   and not for total colony comparisons.






                                       TEST #1








   DATE:   July 21, 1970       ORIGIN:  Blood Bank




   PGA...AEROBIC      10"3:  9.9 x 105/gm




                      mostly mixed Bacillus, 5% Staphylococcus

-------
                                                                                  87
PGA...ANAEROBIC
B.A.
MSA
M-S
 VRB
 MacC
 CRB
THIO.


N.B.
  -3           5
10  :   2.2 x 10 /gm


mostly Bacillus


10"3:   1.0 x 106/gm


predominantly slow growing (48 hr.) small gram negative


rods;  dry, medium size, mat colonies, some with lacy margins,


no hemolytic colonies.


10"2:   1.3 x 104/gm


Staphylococcus-like, overgrown with Bacillus

   1 O           O
10    :  4.6 x 10 /gm    Enterococcus


         1.4 x 103/gm    S. mitis


10'1'3:  2.6 x 103/gm	coli


         1.3 x 104/gm	total


£_._ coli confirmed (BGBLB)


10'1'3:  4.8 x 103/gm	coli


         1.9 x 104/gm	total
                            E. Coli confirmed
10
                      -1.3.
8.4 x 10J/gm

                o                   3
molds:  4.4 x 10    yeast:   4.0 x 10


Aspergillus, yeasts, very varied green velvet
MPN:  9.3 x 10 /gm


MPN:  4.3 x 105/gm
                                 Station No. 1


                                   Blood Bank


     The station had a complete flora of the microorganisms under present observation.


The most significant colonies were Bacillus, which predominated on the Aerobic


Anaerobic,  B.A., MSA plates.  On both the VRB and MacC plates, cocci-form were  present


and these were both positive for E. coli on BGBLB.

-------
88
       E^ coli, Fecal coliform,  should not be present  in  this  area  and  further  testing




   should decide whether this  is  a abnormal condition or if normal,  what is  its  main




   route entry.






                                      TEST #2




   DATE:  July  21,  1970         ORIGIN:  Incinerator Room




   PGA...AEROBIC      10~4:  9.3  x 106/gm




   PGA...ANAEROBIC    10~4:  7.6  x 106/gm




                              similar to aerobic growth




   B.A.               10"4:  7.7  x 106/gm




                              predominantly B. cereus-like. hemolytic




   MSA                10"3:  3.3  x 106/gm     all Staph. like




   M-S                10"1'3:  3.4 x 103/gm




                              all enterococcus, no mitis  seen




   VRB                10"1'3:  2.6 x 103/gm	coli




                              1.0 x 10 /gm	total




                              E^ coli confirmed (BGBLB)




   Mi-               10"1'3:  2.6 x 103/gm.....coli




                              1.1 x 10 /gm	total




                              E. coli confirmed




   CRB                10"1'3:  3.6 x 104/gm




                              molds:  2.2 x 10     yeasts:  1.4 x 10




                              Aspergillus, yeasts, very varied green velvet



   THIO.              MPN:  4.3 x 105/gm




   N.B.               MPN:  2.3 x 105/gm

-------
                                                                                  89
                                   Sample #2

                                Incinerator Room

     All organisms found at this station are similar to the  finding  on  Sample  No.  0

on a previous date.  The total count is approximately the same with  the Bacillius

organisms dominating the total count.

     There is a good normal flora of staph., strep., and coliform microbes.  The

only variation from No. 0 sample is that this sample is positive for E.  cqpi and

this is quite understandable for this area.

     CRB Agar had a high population of molds and yeasts.


                                    TEST #3

DATE:  July 24, 1970        ORIGIN:  General Medicine (71)

PCA	AEROBIC     10"2:  1.4 x 104/gm

                          5 bright yellow colonies, gram (-) rods

                          3 pale yellow colonies, gram (-) rods

PCA	ANAEROBIC   10~2:  9.0 x 103/gm

                          same as aerobic

B.A.               10""1-3:  2.0 x 104/gm

                            bright yellow colonies, few Strep.,
                            Corynebacterium,
                                            Bacillus,  no hemolytic col.

                   10'1'3:  1.0 x 103/gm    all Staph.   like
MSA

M-S



VRJ3



MacC
                   10
                     -1.3
                   10
                     ,-1.3
                   10
                     .-1.3
1.2 x 10 /gm

all enterococcus, no mitis seen

3.4 x 10 /gm	coli
no coli confirmed

3.2 x 10 /gm	coli

no coli confirmed

-------
90
  CRB




  THIO.




  N.B.
                      1 1
                   10:  no significant colonies
                   MPN:  9.3 x 10 /gm




                   No growth




                                  Sample #3



                             General Medicine (71)



     The most significant colonies present were Bacillus and these accounted  for




approximately 90 percent of the total colonies seen.  B.A. had a few no-Hemolytic




Strep, and cocci-organisms.  Staphylococcus colonies were dominating on the MSA.



This sample was representative of the total spectrum of colonies under observation



except for the CRB Agar which had no significant growth.  This is a good indicator




that the spore dispersal in the environment was quite low.



     The total count is much lower than previous counts and this is due most



probably to the disinfection procedures that are carried out.



     This station is the adjacent hall to the Station (71) of the Sample No. 4.



If these two samples are compared, it is worthy to note how the change occurred



between them.  This is another reason for more testing of Station (72).
  DATE:   July 24,  1970
                                    TEST #4




                             ORIGIN:  General Medicine (72)
   PGA....AEROBIC




   PGA....ANAEROBIC




   B.A.




   MSA




   M-S




   VRB




   MacC
                     -2           4

                   10  :   5.8 x 10 /gm    all the same yeast




                   10"2:   6.3 x 104/gm    yeast


                      9           /

                   10  :   8.9 x 10 /gm    yeast, no hemolytic colonies




                   10"1'3:  no Staph.-like


                     -1.3
                   10     :  no growth




                   10     :  no growth



                   in'1'3
                   10     :  no growth

-------
                                                                                  91
                     -2           4
CRB                10  :  6.4 x 10 /gm




                          all yeast, no significant molds




THIO.              MPN:  4.0 x 102/gm




N.B.               No growth




                                   Sample #4




                              General Medicine  (72)



     The only significant colonies that appeared in this test were yeast cultures.



On the MSA, M-S, VRB, MacC, and Nutrient Broth  there was no growth on the  lowest


   -1 3
(10    ) dilution which  is a good indicator that the sample was taken from an area




in which there was little contamination.  It is possible that in this hospital




section that they have a high degree of aseptic conditions through the use of




disinfectants and germicides.



      It is  also possible the sample was not representative.  The sample was taken




from the total section and ground according to established procedures.




     A method to overcome this is to take several more samples from the section and




to compare  the results.





Conclusions




     From the preceding  analysis of the initial data,  it is concluded that:




     1.  Bacillus organisms make up 80-90 percent of all microbes under observa-



         tion.




     2.  Staphylococcus  organisms comprise 5-10 percent of the population  .




     3.  Streptococcus organisms comprised 5-10 perdent of the population.




     4.  Mannitol Salt Agar was not selective enough for Staphylococcus organisms



         Bacillus grew too well,  and a new Agar should be substituted, such as



         Staphylococcus  110 Agar.




     5.  The background count from the present 2-grinding technique is too high and




         a  new method should be incorporated.   A possible alternate is a Waring




         Blender.

-------
92
        6.   Representative samples must be taken at least twice, or  three  times when




            possible, for good comparison of results.






   PHASE 2  Bacteriological Studies




        In  order to assess the potential health hazard associated with refuse, a




   thorough bacterial examination of the refuse from each nursing station  was necessary.




   This initially required a decision regarding what organisms yould be  of greatest




   concern  in a general survey and by what methods they could be most readily identified,




        The specific organisms chosen to be examined were Escherichjia coli.  Pseudomonti,




   fungi, yeasts, molds, staphylococci, and streptococci.  Selective and differential




   medias for these organisms were chosen accordingly.  Attempts were made to identify




   other dominant organisms.  In addition to the specific counts, total  colony counts




   of aerobic and anaerobic bacteria were performed.




        The main objectives of this research project were (1) to determine what types




   of bacteria are most prevalent in the refuse (2) to obtain an estimation of the




   relative numbers of organisms, and (3) to investigate the possibility of existing




   trends between the numbers and types of organisms and the particular  Hospital Units.






   Collection  of Samples




        During the course of five months between September and February, 15 nursing




   stations at West Virginia University Hospital were each sampled three times.  The




   total of 45 samples were taken at a random basis with four samples taken each week.




   The source of the refuse was from the waste receptacles in the bathroom and by the




   patient's bed.  Several rooms from each wing were sampled in order to obtain a




   representative sample from the respective station.




        The various types of stations included in the research were outpatient clinic,




   orthopedic,  operating room, intensive care,  general surgery, maternity,  gynecology,




   pediatrics,  general medicine,  metabolic unit and emergency room.

-------
                                                                                  93
     The samples were usually collected between  the  hours  of 1:00 P.M.  and 3:00 P.M.

Due to the nature of this work,  the  investigator was required to wear gloves and a

white coat while collecting the  samples.


Analysis

     After the samples are collected,  they are taken back  to the laboratory for

analysis.  The laboratory used in this project is  located  in West Virginia University

School of Engineering Building in Room B-33.  The  time  interval  between  sampling and

analysis never exceeded  five hours.  Aseptic  techniques were stressed throughout all

phases of the operation  to minimize  contamination  and erroneous  results.

     All bacterial  counts are listed in terms of bacterial counts per gram of  sample.

It  should be noted  that  this number  applies to the sample analyzed which  includes

only paper products and  those items  which the blender can accommodate.   Other  items

in  the refuse, such as plastics, metals, and  fibrous materials had to be  excluded

from the analysis.

     A.  Media

         1.  Cooke  Rose  Bengal Agar  (0703)
         2.  Blood  Agar  Base  (0045)
         3.  MacConkey Agar (0075)
         4.  Mitis  Salivarius Agar  (0298)
         5.  Tellurite Glycine Agar  (0617)
         6.  Plate  Count Agar (0479)
         7.  Pseudosel Agar (11554)
         8.  Fluid  Thioglycollate Medium (0256)
         9.  Lactose Broth
        10.  E E Broth
        11.  Brilliant Green Bile 2%
        12.  Azide  Dextrose Broth
        13.  Phosphate Peptone Buffer  Solution
        14.  Nutrient Agar

-------
     The following references were used for the selection of the proper media

(110,111,112,113,114,94)

     B.   Equipment and Supplies

         1.   Brewer Anaerobic Jar
         2.   Disposable Agar Plates (100 mm diameter)
         3.   Dial-0-Gram Balance
         4.   Erlenmeyer Flasks, 500 ml
         5.   Dilution tubes (18 x 20 mm)
         6.   Broth tubes  (20 ml)
         7.   Tube Racks
         8.   Incubator
         9.   Sterile Cotton
        10.   Large Plastic Bags
        11.   Water bath
        12.   Refrigerator
        13.   Sterile pipets, 1 ml and 10 ml
        14.   Waring Commercial Blender
        15.   Penicillin
        16.   Streptomycin
        17-   Kanamycin
        18.   Syringe (2 cc)
        19.   Gas Pak (R)  BBL
        20.   Stock Cultures of Bacillus subtilis and E^ coli.
        21.   Sterile Filter Paper Discs

     C.   Analysis Steps

         1.   Weigh 10 grams of sample (excluding metals, plastics and other
             material which is unacceptable to the blender.
         2.   Add 490 mis  of sterile peptone buffer solution to a Waring Blender
             container.
         3.   Transfer the 10 gram sample to the blender container.  (This yields
             a 1:50 dilution).
         4.   Blend the sample for approximately 60 seconds.
         5.   Follow this  dilution scheme:

             5 mis of 1:50 dilution + 5 ml = 10"2

             1 ml (10~2)  + 9 ml = 10~3

             1 ml (10"3)  + 9 ml = 10"4

             1 ml (10~4)  + 9 ml = 10"5

         6.   Inoculation procedure:
                  The lowest dilution plates are inoculated with 0.5 mis of the
             1:50 dilution to yield a plate dilution factor of 10~2-  All other
             inoculations are made with 0.1 ml of the dilutions ranging from
             10Ie to 10     ™s wil1 yield Plate dilution factors of 10~3 to
             10  .  After inoculation, the liquid inoculum is spread evenly across
             the plates and allowed to dry.

-------
                                                                                  95
    ytfedium
a.  Cooke's Rose
    Bengal Agar

b.  Mitis Salivarius
    Agar

c.  Pseudosel Agar

d.  Blood Agar

e.  Blood Agar + Kanamyctn
    (concentration 100
    microgram/ml)

f.  Anaerobic  Plate Count Agar

g.  Aerobic  Plate Count Agar

h.  Tellurite  Glycine Agar
Dilution Range
    -2     -6
  10   - 10
       - ID
           '6
  ID'2 - !0-6

  ID"2 - ID'6
    -2     -3
  10   - 10
   ID'2 -  ID'4

   ID'2 -  ID"6

   ID'2 -  ID'6
  Selectivity

molds & yeasts


Streptococcus


Pseudomonas

Not selective

Strict Anaerobes



Not selective

Not selective

Staphylococcus
      7.   All  dilution tubes  are  then  placed  in  the water bath at 80°C  for  30
          minutes.   This  is considered sufficient  time  to kill all vegetative
          bacterial  cells leaving only the viable  spores.  Then  1 ml of each
          dilution  is  inoculated  into  the thioglycollate broth tubes using
          three tubes  per dilution.

      8.   Incubation:
               All  plates are inverted during incubation to prevent moisture from
          condensing and  falling  upon  the medium.

          a.   Anaerobic plate count  agar plates  and blood + kanamycin agar  plates
              are first placed in Brewer Anaerobic Jar  with an activated Gaspak
              and then into  incubator  at 37°C.

          b.   Cookers  Rose Bengal Agar which  is  used  for fungi is incubated at
              room  temperature.

          c.   All other media are placed in the  incubator at a temperature  of 37"C.

      9.   Colony Count Determination:
              Colonies were read  on  the Quebec Colony Counter.   Most counts were
          recorded  in  the optimum counting range of 30  - 300 colonies.   In  some
          cases, however,  other counts were used because optimum counts were not
          available  -  for example, less than  30  colonies on the  lowest  dilution
          and  no colonies at  higher  dilutions.   The Cooke's Rose Bengal Agar plates,
          the  anaerobic plates and the Thioglycollate broth were read after five
          days.  All other agar plates were read at two and five day intervals.
          Counts of  spore forming organisms in the Thioglycollate broth were deter-
          mined  using  a table of  most  probable numbers.  (See Standard  Methods  for
          the  Examination of  Water and Wastewater, 1965, p. 608).

-------
96
       10.  Computation of the number of organisms per gram of refuse.  This  computation
            is made by multiplying the number of colonies per plate times  the plate
            dilution factor.

       11.  Test for Inhibitory Agents:
                Two pour plates were prepared using molten nutrient agar at 45°C and
            one drop of a young nutrient broth culture of E. coli and B. subtilis
            respectively.  A sterile paper disc moisted in the 1:50 dilution  was placed
            on each plate.  The plates were examined and the inhibition of either bacter-
            ium was recorded as positive for antibacterial activity.

       12.  Identification tests
            a.  E^ coli
                1.  Typical pink colonies on MacConky agar.
                2.  Gas production in lactose broth.
                3.  Gas production in brilliant green bile broth.

            b.  Fecal Streptococcus
                1.  Typical grey black colonies on Mitis Salivarious Agar.
                2.  Growth with turbidity and mauve sediment in EVA broth.
                3.  Gram positive cocci.
                4.  Catalase negative.
                5.  Ferment glucose in sealed thioglycollate medium.
                6.  Growth at 10°C, 45°C, and in presence of 6.5% NaCl.

            c.  Staphylococcus aureus
                1.  Large flat white, cream, or yellow colonies on plate count or
                    blood agar or black colonies on tellurite glycine agar.
                2.  Gram positive cocci.
                3.  Catalase positive.
                4.  Fermentation of glucose in a sealed thioglycollate medium.
                5.  Coagulase positive by the slide test.

            d.  Candida albicans
                1.  Budding yeasts.
                2.  Produces pseudohyphae and chlamydiospores when growing on rice
                    corn meal agar.

            e.  Pseudomonas aeruglnosa
                1.  Growth on media containing 0.037» cetrimide.
                2.  Does not ferment glucose in a sealed thioglycollate medium.
                3.  Produces cytochrome oxidase.
                4.  Growth at 42°C.
                5.  Produces blue green pigment.

            f.  Other organisms were identified as far as was practicable  using
                generally recognized tests and criteria.  The following references were
                used for identification (115,116,117,118,119).

-------
                                                                                  97
Results and Discussion



Presentation of test data




     Microbial counts of the various organisms in the refuse constituted  the  majority




of the test data.  These counts, expressed as the Login Per 8ram °* refuse, were




recorded in Tables V-l - V-4.




     Table V-l lists the total colony counts, as well as the counts of the  specific




organisms for which the selective medias were chosen.  The following list provides




the explanation of columns 1 - 11 in Table V-l.




     Column




         1.  Number of the nursing station (Hospital units) sampled.




         2.  Number of the test at the respective stations.




         3.  Total bacterial count on the medium which gave the highest count.




         4.  The medium from which the total count was taken.




         5.  Coliform count on MacConkey Agar except at very low levels where




             growth in EE broth indicated a Iog10 count of 1.0.




         6.  Fecal Streptococcus on Mitis Salivarius Agar except at very low




             levels where growth in Azide Dextrose broth indicated a login count




             of 1.0.




         7.  Count of Staphylococcus aureus,  on Blood Agar, Plate Count Agar,




             or Tellurite Glycine Agar.




         8.  Candida albicans count on Cooke  Rose Bengal Agar.




         9.  Pseudomonas count on Pseudosel Agar.




        10.  Most Probable Number of heat resistant  spores grown in fluid




             thioglycolate medium.




        11.   Antibacterial activity at a 1:50 dilution.

-------
                                                                                10
                                                                                ao
Table V-l  Total and  individual  counts
(Logi())
Fecal
Strepto- StaDhylo- Candida
Nursing Sample Total
Station Number Count
(1) (2) (3)
11 1
2
3
12 1
2
3
31 1
2
3
32 1
2
3
36 1
2
3
33 1
2
3
41 1
2
3
3.3
3.0
5.9
3.9
3.6
2.6
4.2
7.7
6.7
2.7
/ .9
7.2
2.5
<2.0
3.5
7.0
6.3
6.9
5.8
5.7
5.2
Coliform coccus coccus
Medium Count
(4) (5;
BA 1.0
BA 1.5
BA <1.0
BA <1.0
PCA <1.0
PCA <1.0
PCA(AN) 2.9
PCA 4.3
BA <1.0
PCA <1.0
PCA 
-------
Table V-l (Continued)
Nursing Sample Total
Station Xuzber Count
(1) (2) (3)
51 1
2
3
52 1
2
3
61 1
2
3
62 1
2
3

71 1
2
3
72 1
2
3
7.2
6.4
5.4
6.8
7.3
2.0
3.0
7.8
5.3
«.i
7.7
9.0

6.0
5.5
6.7
6.4
6.1
6.7
Medium
(4)
BA
BA
BA
PCA
BA
PCA
PCA
BA
PCA
bA
PCA
MS &
MacC
BA
BA
PCA (AN)
FCA
BA
PCA
Coliform
Count
(5)
<1.0
1.5
<1.0
6.1
1.5
<1.0
<1.0
<1.0
<1.0
5.0
7.7
8.6

<3.8
<2.0
<4.0
3.4
<1.0
1.0-5.0
Fecal
Strepto
coccus
Count
(6)
<1.0
1.5
4.9
6.8
1.5
<1.0
<1.0
7.1
1.5
8.0
1.5
7.0

<1.0
<1.0
«1.0
<1.0
<1.0
1.5
'- Stao.-tylo- Candida Psuedo-
cocsv.s
Coun':
(7)
7.1
<2.0
<3.0
4.0
<4.0
<2.0
<2.0
<2.0
<3.0
3.3
<2.0
5.7

<2.C
<4.C
<2.C
<2.C
<5.C
<3-C
albicans monas
Count
(8)
<2
<2
<2
3
<2
<2
<2
<2
<2
,;£
<2
<2

<2
<2
<2
<2
2
<2
.0
.0
.0
.8
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
. u
.0
.0

.0
.0
.0
.0
.3
.0
Count
(9)
4.0
<2.0
<2.0
<2.0
<2.0
<2.0
<2.0
<2.0
<2.0
^4.0
<2.0
3.7

3.9
<2.0
<2.0
6.4
<2.0
<4.0
Spore Inhibitory
Count Agent Tes'..
(10) (11)
5
.8
.0
.2
.5
.4

.0
.5
.0
>5
.6
.5
j_
-
—
_
-
-
_
_
-
_
-
-

_
+
-
_
_
_

-------
Table V-l  (Continued)
                                                                    o
                                                                    o
Fecal
Strepto- St.aphylo- Candida
Nursing Sample
Staticn Number
(1) (2)
82 1
2
3
33 1
o

3
Tote1 Colifom coccus
Count
(3)
7.7
8.5
4.5
6.1
5.8

2.7
Medium
(4)
BA
PCA
PCA
BA
BA &
PC A (AN)
PCA
Count
(5)
5.9
5.4
<1.0
4.4
1.5

<1.0
Count
(6)
5.3
5.3
<1.0
1.5
<1.0

<1.0
arccus
Count
7)
•'•: .0
< .0
i .1
*: .0
; .6

•:', .0
Pseudo-
albicans monas
Count
(8)
<2.0
3.5
<2.0
<2.0
<2.0

<2.0
Count
(9)
4.3
8.4
<2.0
<2.0
<2.0

<2.0
Spore Inhibitory
Count Agent Test
(10) (11)
2.4
3.4
1.6
2.0
1.6

1.6

-------
                      Table V-2 Microbial counts of organisms in Groups  I-V
Outpatient
0. R.
   36
I.C.U.
   33
Surgical
   31
   32
                    1
                    2
                    3
 1
 2
 3
 1
 2
 3
 1
 2
 3

 1
 2
"3
6.3
6.3
6.8
                                A. 3
                                1.5
                                1.5
                            3.2
                           <2.0
                            2.6
             <2.0
             <2.0
              2.7
  6.5
  2.3
2.8-4.0
             <2.0
            4.5-6.0
              6.6

             <2.0
             <2.0
              7.2
Group III
Cour t
<2.0
2.6
4.5
<3.0
3.6
<2.0
<2.0
<2.0
<2.0
<6.0
<5.0
6.1
4.1
7.5
4.2
<2.0
7.7
<7.0
Group IV
Count •
<2.0
2.6
4.5
3.2
3.6 •
2.6
<2.0
<2.0
2.7
6.7
6.3
6.9
4.2
7.5
6. 6
<2.0
7.7
<7.0
Group V
Count
3.3
2.8
5.9
3.7
<2.0
<2.0
2.5
<2.0
3.5
6.5
3.2
<2.0
<2.0
3.0
5.5
2.7
7.4
<2.0

-------
Table V- 2  (Contir ued)
Nursing
Station
Surgical
Cent .
51


52


61


Medical
71


72


83


Sample
Number


1
2
3
I
2
3
1
2
3

1
- 2
3
1
2
3 -
1
2
3
Group I
Count


<1.0
1.5
4.9
6.8
1.5
<1.0
<1.0
7.1
1.5

3.8-4.6
<1.0
4.0
3.4
<1.0
1.0-5.0
4.4
1.5
<1.0
Group II
Count


7.1
<2.0
<3.0
4.2
<4.0
<2.0
<2.0
<2.0
<3.0

3.9
<4.0
<2.0
6.4
2.3
<4.0
<5.0
5.6
<2.0
Group III
Count


2.3
6.4
4.8
3.5
7.1
<2.0
<2.0
7.2
5.3

4.6
5.5
6.7
2.3-5.0
6.1
4.4
5.8
5.5
2.7
Group IV
Count


7.1
6.4
5.2
6.8
7.1 •
<2.0
<2.0
7.4
5.3

4.8
5.5
6.7
3.4
6.1
4.4
5.9
5.8
2.7
Group V
Count


6.5
5.3
5.0
<2.0
6.7
2.0
3.0
7.5
<2.0

6.0
<2.0
4.0
<2.0
3.2
6.7
5.7
<2.0
<2.0

-------
                                      Table V-2 (Continued)
Nursing
Station
Pediatrics
62


Sample
Number

1
2
3
Group I
Count

8.0
7.7
8.6
Group II
Count

3.7
<2.0
5.7
Group III
Count

<7.0
<7.0
8.7
Group IV
Count

8.0
7.7
9.0'
Group V
Count

6.0
2.3
6.0
Psychiatrics
    82
1
2
3
6.0
5.8
A.3-6.0
  8.4
  4.1
 6.9
<5.0
 3.7
6.9
5.8
4.3
7.6
7.8
4.1
Maternity
    41
1
2
3
                                2.0
              5.7
              2.7
             <4.0
                  5.0
                  5.7
                  4.7
                5.7
                5.7
                4.7
               4.7
              <2.0
                                                                                                         o
                                                                                                         U)

-------
                                                                                                             o
                                                                                                             -p
                      Table V-3 Counts  of  specific organisms in Groups III and V
Nursing
Station
  12
  11
  36
  33
 31
 32
Sample
Number
          Counts  of Organisms
         Isolated in Group  III
Counts of Organisms
Isolated in Group V
  1
  2
  3

  1
  2
  3
  1

  2

  3

  1
  2
 	     Bacillus sp.  (3.7)
 Staphylococcus  epidermidis  (3.6)          	


 	     Xanthomonas  (3.3)
 S. epidermidis  (2.6)                      Candida sp.  (2.8), Enterobacter (2.0)
 S. epidermidis  (4.0), Respiratory         Corynebacterium sp.  (5.9)
 Streptococcus  (4.1)



 	.	     Corynebacterium sp.  (3.5)

 	     Corynebacterium like,  catalase (-) (6.5)
 	     Candida sp.  (3.2)
 S. epidermidis  (6.1), Torulopsis          	
 glabrata (3.1)

Anaerobic cocci (4.1), Bacteroida s        	
 (2.8)
S. epidermidis  (-6.3), Respiratory         Proteus mirabilis  (3.0)
 Strep. (7,4)
Torulopsis glabrata  (4.2)                 Micrococcus  sp.  (5.4), Lactic Strep. (4,9)


S. epidermidis  (7.7)                      Micrococcus  sp.  (7.4), Unidentified
                                           Yeast  (3.1)

-------
                                        Table V-3  (Continued)
Nursing
Station
Sample
Number
       Counts of Organisms
      Isolated in Group III
        Counts of Organisms
        Isolated in Group V
  51
  52
  61
  71
  1
  9
  1
  2
  1
  2
Anaerobic Gram (+) Cocci (2.3)
S. epidermidis (3.1), Respirator^
 Strep. (6.4)
S. epidermidis (4.3), Respiratory
 Strep. (4.6)
Corynebacterium sp. (6.5)
Catalase (-) Staph. (5.1),
 Aerococcus (4.7)
Micrococcus sp. (5.0)
Clostridium perfringens (3.5)            	
Respiratory Strep. (7.1),                Acinetobacter (6.7),, Klebsiella  (4.2)
 S. epidermidis (4.6)
	    Corynebacterium sp. (2.0)

	    Corynebacterium sp. (3.0)
Respiratory Strep. (7.2),                Micrococcus sp. (7.0), Corynebactorium
 Fusobacterium (3.5)                      (7.3), Candida sp. (3.2)
S. epiderT.idis (A.6), Respirator^        	
 Strep. (5.2)

S. epidermidis (4.6)                     Unidentified enterobacteria  (5.5)
                                          Micrococcus sp.  (5.8)
S. epidermidis (5.5)                     	
 Respiratory Strep.  (3.8)
Bacteroides (5-9)                        Corynebacterium (4.0)
 Anaerobic non-sporeforming Grain (+)
 Rods  (6.6),
 S. epidermidis (4.0)

-------
                                        Table  v-3 (Ccntinued)
                                                                                                         o
                                                                                                         CT)
Nursing
Station
Sanple
Nunber
 Counts of Organism
Isolated in Group III
Counts of Organisms
Isolated in Group V
                       Anaerobic Gram (+) Cocci (4.5)
                        Respiratory Strep. (4.9)
                       Respiratory Strep. (5.7)
                        Bacteroides (3.1)
                       S. epidermidis (4.7)
                                                     Lactic Strep.  (4.6)
                                                      Unidentified Yeast  (3.9)
                                                     Bacillus sp.  (5.1), Penicilliuai (3.1)

-------
                                        Table  V-3 (Continued)
.•.ursing
Station
Sample
Number
           Counts of Organisms
          Isolated in Group III
Counts of Organisms
Isolated in Group V
  72
  83
  62
  32
  1

  2


  3

  1

  2
  3
              2
              3
S. epiderinidis  (2.3)                     	
S. epidermidis  (3.9), Respiratory        Lactobacillus (3.2)
 Strep.  (3.4)
S. epidermidis  (4.4)                     Alcaligenes (6.1), Pseudomonas  sp.  (6.0)
                                          Unidentified Enterobacteria  (5.9)
                                          Xanthomonas (5.8), Corynebacterium sp.
                                          (6.1), Large Pleomorphic Gram  (+)
                                          Rods  (6.0)

S. epidermidis  (5.8),                    Corynebacterium sp. (5.7),  Candida  sp.
 Bacteroides  (4.5)                        (3.0), Lactobacillus  (2.8)
Bacteroides  (4.4), Anaerobic non-        	
 sporeforming Gram (+) Rods  (5.5}
 Respiratory Strep_.  (3.2)
S. cpidcrmidic  (2.7)                     	

	    Catalase  (-) Staphylococcus  (4.8)
                                          Pseudomonas sp.  (6.0)
	    Proteus vulgaris  (2.3)
Respiratory Strep. (8.7)                 Catalase  (-) Staphylococcus  (6.0)

S. epidermidis  (6.9)                     Corynebacterium sp. (7.4),  Lactic JBtre_p_.
                                          (7.3), Unidentified Yeasts  (2.0)
	    Proteus mirabilis  (7.8)
Respiratory Strep. (3.7)                 Acinetobacter (3.5), Pseudomonas sp. (3.9)

-------
                                                                                o
                                                                                oo
Table V-4 Geometric mean oE bacterial counts
Nursing
Station
11
12
36
33
31
32
51
52
61
71
72
83
62
82
Al
Total
Count
A.I
3. A
2.5
6.7 ;
6.2
5.9
6.3
5. A
5. A
6.1
6. A
A. 8
8.3
7.0
5.6
Group I
Count
1.0
<1.0
<1.0
6.5
2.8
1.3
2.5
3.1
3.2
2.9
3. A
2.3
8.1
A. 3
1.3
(Log10)
Group II
Count
2.7
2.6
2.2
<• A. 3
A. A
A. 6
A.O
3.1
<2.0
2.9
A. A
3.8
3.8
6.1
A. 2
Group III
Count
3.0
2.9
<2.0
5.5
5.3
A. 8
A. 5
A. 2
A. 8
5.6
A. 3
A. 7
7.6
5.3
5.1
Group IV
Count
3.0
3.1
2.2
6.6
6.1
5.5
6.2
5.3
A. 9
5.7
A. 6
A. 8
8.2
5.7
5. A
•
Group V
Count
A.O
2.6
'2.7
3.9
3.5
3.7
5.6
3.6
A. 2
3.3
A.O
3.2
A. 8
6.5
2.9

-------
                                                                                109
     In order to facilitate interpretation of data, all  identified  organisms  were




placed in one of five groups.  The data contained  in Table V-2  represents  the summationf




of counts of the individual organisms in each group.  The criteria  for  the grouping




of the organisms is as follows:




     Group I contains the combined counts of the Coliform and fecal  Streptococcus




organisms.  This group is designed to serve as an  index  of fecal contamination.




     Group II contains the combined counts of Staphylococcus aureus, Candida  albicans.




and Pseudomonas.  These organisms are known to be  secondary pathogens.  They  will be




discussed in greater detail later in this paper-




     Group III contains the combined counts of all microorganisms  known to be of




human origin other than Staphylococcus aureus and  Candida albicans.




     Group IV contains the total of all the identified microorganisms which are




known to be of human origin.   This important group actually is  the summation  of




Group III and the counts of Staphylococcus aureus  and Candida albicans.  This group




is useful in that it serves as an indicator of human contamination.




     Group V contains all organisms which are not  necessarily of human origin, that




is they are commonly found outside the human body.  For example, many of these




bacteria are commonly found in the soil.




     Table V-3 is designed to  list the individual  species of bacteria in Groups III




and V and their respective counts.  It gives an indication of the rather sporadic




frequency with which the various organisms appear  in the different samples.




     Table V-4 lists the geometric means of counts of organisms in Groups  I - IV




for each station.  These numbers represent the maximum possible values.  For




example,  in many cases at least one of the three counts had to be  recorded as a




number less  than two.   This was the limit of the sensitivity of our test.  In these




cases,  the number two would be used in the computation of the mean value.  Another




problem  arises when  an organism similar in appearance to the one to be counted

-------
110
   occurs In large numbers.   This makes counting of the specific organism virtually




   impossible.   All that can be recorded is that its colony count  is  something  less




   than the total.count on the plate.  When this occurred, the uncertain  number was




   ignored in the computation of the sample mean.




        Figures C-7 - C-12 in Appendix C are histograms which provide a graphic presenta-




   tion of the data from Table V-4.  They present a visual comparison of  microbial




   counts of the 15 respective nursing stations involved  in this study.




        See Appendix C for a list of nursing stations, their functions, and  the dates




   at which the samples were taken.






   Total Counts




        The repetitive sampling of the 15 nursing stations makes possible some  interestinj




   comparisons.  As expected, many of the stations had total bacterial counts which varied




   over several orders of magnitude.  This could have been due to  a number of  factors.




   Probably the most important variable is the condition  of the patient in the  rooms.




   Sometimes the period of time which elapsed between two repetitive  tests was  several




   weeks.  During this period of time, one may expect a complete turnover of patients.




        Another factor is simply that the degree of contamination  varies  from day to




   day, even among the same patients.  This is probably due to variable personal  habits.




        A third factor to be considered is that the total counts do not represent the




   entire population in the refuse but only the bacterial population  in the  sample.




   It should be mentioned again that the sample tested contained only those  materials




   which were acceptable  to the blender.  Unfortunately,  some apparently  grossly




   contaminated  items necessarily had to be omitted from the analysis.




        In spite of these variables which would tend to bring about differences in total




   counts, one should note that seven of the fifteen stations Numbers 12, 33,  41, 51,




   62, 71, and 72 exhibited three total counts which differed from each other  by a facto

-------
                                                                                  Ill
of less than 100.  There ware several stations among  the  others which  had  two total




counts that were very similar.




     Two explanations may be postulated to account  for  the  low variability among the




three total counts per station.  One would be the similarities in  the  condition and




type of the patients at the particular stations.  For example, the  poor  condition of




patients confined to Intensive Care Unit, Station 33, would  suggest  the  appearance




of a high degree of contamination in the refuse.  Likewise,  in Pediatrics,  Station




62, one would expect a high degree of fecal contamination from soiled  disposable




diapers.  This naturally leads to very high total colony counts.




     Another explanation could be based upon the methods by which the  wastes  are




handled.  Thus,  one would expect consecutively low  bacterial counts  from station?




which  segregated their contaminated waste from the  uncontaminated.   Such is the  case




with Operating Room, Station 36.  In this case only the uncontaminated waste was




available to be  sampled.  For this reason, Station  36 had the lowest total count.




Another  important  factor would be that at this station, there is much  greater




demand for  an aseptic environment.




     Stations 12 and 11 offered the second and third lowest total counts, respectively.




Emergency room,  Station 11, is frequented by a great variety of people and one might




expect higher total counts.  However, the presence  of agents inhibitory  to bacterial




growth in two of the three samples taken might account  for this low  population.




Outpatient Clinic, Station 12, offers many of the same  possibilities for contamination




as Emergency Room.  The low counts are probably due to diluting effects  of large




quantities of apparently uncontaminated paper products.  The presence  of inhibitory




agents is also a plausible explanation.




     Stations 33 and 62 had the highest total colony counts.  Reference  has previously




been made to the possible explanations.  Station 82 had two very high  total counts.




This is a psychiatric ward.   The reasons for the high counts are not readily  apparent




but differences in personal hygiene may partially be  responsible.

-------
112
        See Figure C-7 for a graphic comparison of total colony  counts.






   Coliform and Fecal Streptococcus Counts




        Coliform counts were highest at stations 62,  33, and  82,  respectively.   The




   explantions for these high counts are the same as  those  given for  the high total




   colony count.  Coliform counts indicate  fecal contamination.   These  counts should




   serve as an index to assess the hazard of pathogenic enteric  bacteria such as Shigelh




   and Salmonella typhosa.  Fecal Streptococcus, as expected,  occurred  with approximately




   the same frequency as the coliforms but  at lower growth  levels.






   Group I Counts




        Group I consists of the combined counts of coliform and  fecal Streptococcus.




   Figure C-8 illustrates the significant fecal contamination in the  refuse of stations




   62, 33, and 82.  Also illustrated is the notable absence of these  organisms at




   stations 11, 12, and 36.




        This absence might be explained by  the fact that these stations have no living




   quarters; and, therefore, the probability of this  type of  contamination is somewhat




   reduced.






   Staphylococcus Aureus Counts




        Staphylococcus aureus is one of the most important  pathogens  in nosocomial




   cross infection.  It is easily spread in dust particles.   Therefore,  its presence




   in refuse is particularly significant.   It is notorius as  the cause  of suppurative




   (pus forming) condition; boils; carbuncles, infantile impetigo,  and  internal abscesses




   in men and women.




        S. aureus appeared at all stations  except stations  32, 61,  71,  and 72.   The




   greatest frequency of occurrence  (two of three samples)  occurred at  stations 62, 41,




   33 and 12.  The highest average count occurred at  station  62  with  the highest single




             count appearing at station 51.

-------
                                                                                   113
Candida Albicans Counts




     Candida albicans  is a pathogenic  fungus which  is  commonly found on the skin, on




oral or vaginal mucous membranes  or  in the  feces  of normal  individuals.   This species




can cause a number of  serious  infections  in man,  especially of mucous membranes




 (thrush and vulvovaginitis), the  skin  (cutaneous  candidiasis)  and  lungs (pulmonary




candidiasis).




     This organism was found at  stations  31, 33,  52, 72  and 82.  Its frequency of




appearance was quite  low  (one  of  three samples).  The  highest  count  was  observed




 at station 31.






 Pseudomonas  Count




      The  genus  Pseudomonas contains  several species which are  responsible  for  a number




 of types  of  infections.   They  cause  urinary tract infections,  as well  as secondary




 infections of burn  patients.   They can also be  responsible  for  outbreaks of diarrhea




 in children's wards.




      The  greatest frequency  of occurrence (two  of three  samples) was  at  station 82.




 Pseudomonas  also appeared at stations  32,  33, 51, 62,  71 and 72.   Station  82 had  the;




 highest average, as well  as  individual counts of  Pseudomonas.






 Group  II  Counts




     Group II consists of the  combined counts of  S. aureus. Candida  albicans,  and




Pseudomonas.  These three organisms  are "opportunists;"  that is, they  take advantage




of a patient whose resistance  to  infection  has  been lowered by  some  other  illness,




     From Figure C-9,  it will  be  observed that  the  Group II counts cover a broad




spectruiL and are evenly distributed  among the 15 nursing stations.   It  is  interesting




to note that the only  station  at  which these microorganisms  failed to  be detected  was




station 61.  Station 36 also exhibited a  very low count.  One  of the  three  samples




taken from this station contained these organisms in very low  numbers.   On  the other




end  of the spectrum are the counts from station 82.  This station had  the highest




single count,  as well as the largest average count  of  Pseudomonas.

-------
114
  Group  III Counts




       Group  III  contains  all  organisms considered to be of human origin, excluding two




  of  the more  common  species -  S.  aureus and Candida albicans.   The exception of these




  two organisms is  designed to  give  an indication of the magnitude of the count contri-




  buted  by less notorious  organisms  of human origin.




       The only station  at which  this  organism failed to appear was station 36.




  Station 12 also exhibited a very low count of these bacteria.  All of the stations




  showed a significantly high count  in at least one of the three samples taken.  The




  highest individual  count came from station 62.






  Group  IV Counts




       Group  IV is  the most important  group because it contains the combined counts




  of  all organisms  of human origin.  It,  therefore,  serves as an indicator of human




  contamination.  The various species  of these organisms are found in Table V-3.




       From Figure  C-ll  we see  that  at least some of these organisms were detected  at




  all 15 nursing  stations.  The lowest count by far was observed at station 36.  The




  organisms were  detected  in only  one  of the three samples taken from this station.




  Stations 11  and 12  showed low counts relative to those of the remaining stations.




  The greatest average,  as well as single count of these microorganisms,  occurred at




  station 62.  The  counts  from  all three of the samples taken at this station were




  greater than any  of those taken  from the other  stations.   Other stations exhibiting




  high counts  were  stations 33, 31,  51,  71,  and 82.






  Group  V Counts




       Group V consists  of bacteria  which are  not necessarily of human origin.  There-




  fore,  the detection of these  organisms does  not imply any human contamination,  Tne




  various species of  these identified  bacteria are enumerated in Table V-3.  The




  inclusion of this group  in the report  is intended to give some indication of the




  fraction of  the total  colony  counts  contributed by organisms  of non-human origin.

-------
                                                                                  115
     From Figure C-12 it can be seen that bacteria  from this group appeared  at  all


15 nursing stations.  The two lowest counts were observed  in the  samples  taken  from


stations 12 and 36.  The highest count was observed at station 82.   Station  51  also


had a high number of these organisms in its refuse.




Sporeforming Organisms Count


     Bacterial spores are partially resistant to heating and drying  and other methods


of sterilization.  Therefore, their relative abundance and distribution in the  hospital


would be of concern with regard to sterilization procedures.


     The only station which  failed to yield any sporeforming organisms was station


11.  Stations 12,  36, 41, 52, and 72 also showed a  low frequency  (one out of three


samples).  Stations 82, 31,  and 83 showed the highest frequency of sporeforming


organisms.  Station 82 had the highest average spore count and also  the highest


individual count.



Inhibitory Agents


     Inhibitory agents such  as bactericides, fungicides and antibiotics will occas-


ionally be discarded  into the refuse.  The extent of the antibacterial action that


it exerts would depend upon  how thoroughly it is combined with the refuse.  During

    I
the blending phase of the analysis, inhibitors are  completely mixed.  Therefore,


the presence of an inhibitory agent might result in a count substantially lower than


what is actually present in  the refuse container.


     Seven of the 15 stations at one time had refuse which contained inhibitory agents.


The only station which exhibited this twice was Emergency Room.   There appears  to be


no significant difference between counts (total and of likely human  origin) between


samples with and without inhibition.  In one case,  the inhibition was almost certainlv


due to the high count of Pseudomonas aeruginosa which is known to produce an anti-


biotic.

-------
116
   Conclusions



        From the preceeding analysis of the data, we make the following general con-




   clusions:




        1.   Pathogenic bacteria can be present in hospital refuse in significantly




            high concentrations.  These concentrations may be much higher if the




            organisms are located where organic substrate is present.  Also, the




            additional time between collection and incineration may allow further




            multiplication of the microorganisms leading to higher counts than




            those observed in the tests.




        2.   Trends do exist between the number of microorganisms present and the




            respective nursing stations.  From the previous discussion of results,




            it was observed that certain stations, such as station 36, exhibited




            consecutively low bacterial counts in their refuse.  Other stations




            produced consistently high counts such as stations 33, 62, and 82.




        3.   Certain types of bacteria are more prevalent in the refuse of some stations




            than others.  This is most probably due to source and type of waste




            generated.




        From Table V-l and Figures C-7 - C-ll, we draw the following specific con-




   clu:. ions:




        1.   S. aureus is by far the most predominant pathogen in the refuse.  It  is




            most unfortunate that the true numbers of this pathogen were often un-




            obtainable due to the high growth of S.. epidermidis on the selective  agar




            plates.




        2.   The high coliform counts from stations 33 and 62 suggest that these stations




            would be the ones most likely to generate refuse containing enteric pathogeni.




        3.   Sporeforming organisms are not present in sufficient numbers to pose  a




            potential hazard providing that the accepted methods of sterilization are



            utilized.

-------
                                                                                 117
     4.   The substantial number of organisms of human origin relative to those not




         of human origin would suggest the presence of some of the more virulent




         pathogenic bacteria and viruses living on the refuse in undetected numbers.




     5.   The recurring high counts of organisms in groups I - V in the refuse of




         stations 33,  62 and 82 would indicate that the refuse from these stations




         is the most likely to be contaminated by pathogenic microorganisms.






PHASE 3  Bacteriological Studies




     There is a growing concern about the microbiological hazards of hospital refuse




handling.  Several authors have expressed their concern about the possibility of




pathogenic organisms escaping from the hospital refuse chute and into the hallways.




At the present time there have been only a few studies of airborne bacteria from




hospital refuse.   It is difficult to compare data from different studies because




there are no standard methods for air sampling of this type.




     Many of the articles on this subject make recommendations to minimize  the




problem of air contamination from the refuse chute.  Several of them are summarized




below:




     1.  Design the chute so that air cannot back up into the hospital corridors




         and provide doors which are leakproof.




     2.   Separate refuse so that only uncontaminated materials are thrown into




         the chute.




     3.   Empty the chute often enough so that refuse does not back up in the




         chute and block the doors.




     4.   Autoclave all materials before they are thrown into the chute.




     5.   Increase the  use of plastic liners  for cans so that the refuse is  wrapped




         before being  thrown into the chute.




     6.   Wash  the chute regularly with antiseptic.




     7.   Minimize waste transfer operations.

-------
118
        Some of these methods are very difficult and would be  impractical because of  the




   high cost involved.  One of the easier methods to implement  is  the  plastic bag system.




   The use of plastic liners to minimize air contamination has  become  increasingly populir




   and there are several articles in hospital magazines which make unsubstantiated claim




   of effectiveness.




        The purpose of this phase was to evaluate the sanitation of a  hospital refuse




   chute with respect to airborne bacteria.  The study attempted to measure the dispersal




   of viable airborne bacteria from the handling of refuse in the  chute  closet area.




   The effect of wrapping the refuse in bags was evaluated.  Recommendations were made




   for methods to reduce the number of bacteria escaping  from the  chute  and entering  the




   hallways.






   Solid Waste Handling




        The hospital studied had a refuse chute which is  118.2  feet high and 24 inches




   in diameter.  The total volume is 372 feet.  The effective storage  capacity is the




   volume up to the bottom of the first door which is 69.4 cubic feet.   The chute is




   fitted at the top (eighth floor) with a sprinkler head which is used  for fire control




   and for washing twice a week with an antiseptic solution.  The  chute  has a door on




   each floor and empties into a closet provided with a metal door.




        The refuse is emptied from the chute into a cart  and is taken  to a larger room




   which contains a multi-chambered incinerator.  The larger room  has  a  fan mounted on




   one wall which draws air from the hallway into the room.  All or part of the air




   drawn into the room can follow these alternative pathways; 1 -  pass through the




   priraiy combustion chamber, 2 - pass through the chimney damper,  3  -  go up the chute




   closet vent, 4 - go up the chute itself, or 5 - out the door and vent to the hallway.




   The fan is usually on when someone is in the room.

-------
                                                                                  119
     In practice the refuse stays in the chute several hours at a  time  and  has




occasionally backed up as far as the third floor of the hospital according  to the




engineering staff of the hospital.  This refuse is comprised of "floor  refuse"  such




as paper, trash, and food wastes from the wards; pathological wastes, including




dressings, syringes, and other disposable equipment; and some kitchen wastes.   It




is of interest that the first door immediately above the chute closet is the door




to the kitchen.  The refuse packs against this door and  could be  a  source of  food




contamination  in the kitchen.  Air temperatures in the chute closet averaged in the




low 80's and the relative humidity was in the 55-65 percent range.






Methods  and Materials




     A.  Bacterial  Studies




     Quantitative sampling of airborne bacteria was carried out with Andersen samplers




 (93) and petri plates made with Difco Blood Agar Base mixed with 5 percent defibrinated




sheep blood  (94).   Samples were taken for periods of one minute at a sampling rate of




1.0 cubic  ft/min.   After exposure, the plates were incubated aerobically at 35°C for




24 hours and the number of colonies per plate were counted with a Quebec colony counter.




This resulted  in a  count of aerobic organisms/cu.ft. which was broken down into six




aerodynamic sizes.  According to the original research carried out on the Andersen




sampler  (93),  the instrument has essentially no loss due to adherence to the walls,




and captures essentially all of the organisms by the sixth stage ( ;> 99 percent).




     According to the Difco Manual (94) the blood agar media will grow most bacteria




including many fastidious pathogenic organisms. The bacteria usually grow luxuriantly




and the hemolytic types exhibit clear zones of hemolysis.   Previous research (95) has




shown that the total anaerobic airborne bacteria constitute a very small part of the




total count and may be disregarded in studies of this type.

-------
                                            1.
                                            2.
                                            3.
                                            A.
                                            5.
                                            6.
                                            7.
                                            8.
                                            9,
                                           10,
                                           11,
                                           12,
Refuse chute
Chute closet
Chimney
Chimney damper
Incinerator
Fan
Door to hallway
Vent to hallway
Cart sampling point
Push cart to incinerator
Empty cart on floor
Sweep refuse into
  incinerator
Figure V-2 Incinerator and  Chute  Closet Area

-------
                                                                                  121
I STAGE NO.
 JET SIZE
 JET VELOCITY
 STAGE i
 O.O465" OIA.
 3.54 FT/SEC
 STAGE 2
 0.0360" OIA.
 5.89 FT/SEC
 STAGE 5
 0.0280" DIA.
 9.74  FT/SEC
  STAGE
  0.0210" DIA.
  17.31  FT/SEC
  STAGE  5
  0.0135" DIA.
  41.92  FT/SEC
 STAGE  6
 O.OIOO" DIA.
 76.40 FT/SEC
                    Figure V-3   Andersen  Sieve Sampler

-------
 122
     Samples were taken on random days of the week and at random times of the day



between 8:00 A.M. and 5:00 P.M.  The sampler was placed at a height of three feet



and a distance of four feet from the chute in the chute closet.  Samples were taken



of loose refuse and of refuse wrapped in plastic bags as it was transferred from



the chute to the trash cart.





Results a.nd Discussion


     The results of these tests are expressed as the number of colonies of bacteria



per cubic foot of air samples and are shown on Tables V-5 and V-6 for loose and



bagged refuse respectively.




Air Movement Studies



     The air moving out of the chute into the hallway was measured with an Alnor



velometer, type 3002.  This instrument measures the velocity and pressure of air



with a mechanical system utilizing an aluminum vane in a calibrated air chamber.



Velocities are in feet per minute and the area of the opening is in square feet.



The air flows computed are given in cubic feet per minute.


                                                                       2
     The area of the chute opening is 1.54 feet x 1.54 feet = 2.37 feet , when the



chute door is wide open.  Tests were made on the flow from the chute door while no



other chute doors were open with the following average values:



           Floor Number 8-55 ft/min or 124 cubic ft/min



                        7-50   "       111



                        6-40   "        95         "



                        5-40   "        95         "



                        4-40   "        95         "



     These values fluctuated approximately + 5 ft/min when all other chute doors


were closed.

-------
     Table V-5 Airborne bacterial counts  from loose refuse
                  (No. Colonies/cu.ft.)
o>
    1
    2
    3
    4
    5
    6
    7
    8
    9
   10
   11
   12
   13
"  14
O  ie
r-l  15
«V  . .
•a  AU
«  17
•S  18
   19
   20
   21
   22
   23
   24
   25
   26
   27
   28
   29
   30

1
5
23
22
14
27
23
44
23
29
35
34
31
31
34
36
1 35
30
38
28
39
38
47
51
69
42
57
54
84
136
192
2
4
4
11
14
6
15
7
15
13
17
13
14
21
15
23
A5
15
21
23
16
26
24
23
18
22
24
33
40
73
68
3
1
4
9
13
9
10
5
13
14
13
9
9
11
12
10
4 ..
3
0
6
8
10
7
4
9
5
1
8
3
7
12
4
5
3
0
1
1
1
4
4
5
2
1
2
5
3
3
4
O.O H J
14
16
31
26
11
13
14
14
20
23
33
31
51
81
13
9
4
10
15
9
13
6
18
13
21
16
24
46
7
3
3
0
5
2
2
1
9
2
3
4
7
12
6
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
2
. 0
3
0
2
0
0
Total
17
32
49
51
54
59
64
.65
65
67
69
70
75
76
77
G |j 77
1
0
0
1
1
3
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
3
80
87
89
92
96
98
104
108
112
119
145
175
291
402

-------
12H
                   Table V-6 Airborne bacterial counts from bagged refuse
                                (No. Colonies/cu.ft.)

                                     Stage Number
                 1
                 2
                 3
                 4
                 5
                 6
                 7
                 8
                 9
                10
             1  13
             a  14
             «  15
                16
                17

             •2- i?
             |  20
             5  21
                22
                23
                24
               • 25
                26
                27
                28
                29
                30
1
1
2
2
3
1
3 '
1
2
4
3
2
4
3
3
3
4
6
4
i
2
1
1
1
0
3
2
1
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
2
1
2
3
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
2
1
0
2
1
2
0
2
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
i
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
2
2
]
2
1
0
0
1
1
6
0
0
0
1
0 .
0 .
2 ,
1 i
o ;
o ,
0
0 4
1
1
1 ,
0
1 •
0
Total
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
6
7
7
8
8
8
9
9
9
9.
2 j 2 | 4 j 2 j C j 0 , ji .10 i
7
8
3
9
7
6
9
10
9
6
20
2-
1
1
0
1
1
2
1
1
2
2
1
1
3
1
1
3
0
1
1
4
2
0
0
0
0
2
1
1
1
0
3
1
0
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
2
2
2
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
5
1
10
10
11
11
11
12
12
13
14
22
29

-------
                                                                                  125
     Next, the flow of air was determined when other chute doors were  open.   The




velometer was placed at the 6th floor chute door and the 4th  floor  chute  door was




opened.  The rate of flow at the 6th floor immediately  increased to 150  ft/min or




355 cubic ft/min.




     Then, the fourth floor chute door was closed and the eighth floor chute  door




was opened.  The velometer immediately pinned to the zero mark.




     From these results it appears that the air in  the  chute will exhaust onto the




highest floor level available.  If only one door is open, the  flow  of  air is  limited




to 55  feet/min or less.  The magnitude of flow is usually greater on the  upper floors.




For example, when the sampler was placed on the eighth  floor chute  door and the  sixth




floor  chute door was opened, the flow through the chute door was greater  than 300




feet/min. or 710 cubic feet/min.




     By comparison, the Hurst study  (34) found that when one of the  upper  floor




chute  doors  in a 16-story hospital was opened, as much  as 30 to 60  cubic  feet of




air was released in five to ten seconds.  This is approximately the  same  flow as  in




this ^hospital.




     Statistical methods were used to compare the effects of loose  and bagged refuse




on dispersal of airborne bacteria.  An examination  of the frequency  distribution  of




total  colonies per cubic foot (Table V-7) indicates that the data is essentially




normally distributed.  Thus, a parametric test of the mean is  justified.   In  this




case,  the variances of the two populations are considerably different.  The ordinary




"t" test will tolerate considerable inequality between  the two population variances




without appreciable change in the probabilities of errors of Type I  and II (96).




However,  Cochran and Cox suggest a modified "t" test (97) which takes  into account




the differences in variance.




     The result of this test indicates that the mean population of  airborne bacteria




from loose refuse and bagged refuse,  under the conditions of the experiment,  are

-------
126
                   Table V-7  Vrc'.r,'er.cy di£trib.'l:ion of ti'tal  colonies
                                ot bagged and  loose refuse

             Frequency dir-tii/ibuticn oi: total  colonies - I/K•••;.•  v.?t\t?.ti

                    y.ColojviLfts,          'Kreranrcy           -A'-.'.»::^ vo _Krg
                      0-25                   1                    O.Ui'i
                     25-50                   2                    0,;;c7
                     50-75                   «;                    c.jco
                     75-100                 ID                    O.i33
                    100-125                  4                    C.133
                    125-150                  1                    0.033

                    150-200                  1                    0.033
                    200-300                  1                    0.033
                    300-350                  1                    _PtM3_.
                                             30                  f. 000"

             Freauencv distrLbuti c,- of" f-.ot?. 3  r.n'tti.-\i.(>.# - ^c.o«ri re. !"<>«*«
                     Har.ge
                    tfColonies          Frequency           Relative Frequency
                      0-2                   0                    0.00
                      2-4                   2                    0.067
                      4-6                   4                    0.133
                      6-8                   5                    0.167
                      8-10                  '/                    0.233
                     10-12                  6                    0.200
                     12-14                  3                    0.100
                     14-16                  J.                    0 033

                     16-25                  I                    0.033
                     25-30                _i_                    Q.Q33
                                            2f>                     1.000

-------
                                                                                  127
not equal.  We accept the alternative hypothesis which may be  stated  as:  we  are




99 percent certain that refuse wrapped in bags generates fewer airborne bacteria




than loose refuse, under the conditions of the experiment.  Presumably, the difference




between the two systems would be even greater if the refuse was wrapped in completely




leakproof bags.




     An examination of the size distribution of the samples (Table V-8) indicates




that there is a wide variation in the magnitude of bacteria in all size classifications.




The majority of the bacteria in all samples were concentrated  in the  larger particle




size ranges  (Figure V-4 and V-5).




     Previous research  (93) has shown that particles 5 microns and larger are retained




in the upper respiratory tract.  This fraction of the particles is collected  on the




first two stages  of  the sampler.  Respiratory tract penetration increases with




decreasing particle  size (93).  Particles 1 micron and smaller were retained  in the




alveoli  of the respiratory tract (98), and it is these particles which are the more




significant  in the causation of respiratory tract infection (99).  These smaller




particles are found  on  the two lower stages of the Andersen sampler.  An evaluation




of the health significance of airborne bacteria, then, should  take into account the




sizes of  the particles  on which the bacteria are carried, as well as  the total




number of bacteria involved.




     Thus, if a refuse handling system is designed to remove airborne bacteria, it




is especially important to remove the smallest particles which may penetrate  the




respiratory tract.  The smaller particles, however, were found to be more  difficult




to remove  than the larger particles.  The least-squares line of Figure V-6 indicates




that as the total number of colonies decreases, the proportion of colonies on stage




#6 increases..




     The result of this phenomenon is that we might reduce the total  number of




organisms from 100 to 10 and still have the same number of organisms which are




impinged  on stage #"6.  Thus,  the respiratory tract hazard is not reduced in direct




proportion to the reduction of total bacteria.

-------
      i
  40-
C
o
o
o
  30-
  ZO-
   fO-
Colony size distribution - loose refuse

-------
   So-
   40
o
•*4
c

S  30

0
c
Q»
O
M
(!)
FU
Figure V-5 Colony size distribution  - bagged refuse
                                                3
                                             Stage  Nun'>er

-------
                                                                                                          CO
                                                                                                          o
   0.05 -
                                          Figure V-6 Scatter diagram of stage 6 organisms  per
                                                     total organisms per cubic foot of air.
                                                     (Cross indicates the origin for deviations
                                                     of Least Squares Line)
   0.04 -
sO
00
(0
4J
CO

c
o

m
0)
T*

O
   0.03
  0.02 -
l-l

§•0.01
                                                           Least Squares  Line
                                                           Y « 0.016560 - 0.000057 X
  0.00 ~
                   50
                                100
                                               Total Colonlea/en.ft.

-------
Loose
Refuse
Bagged
 Refuse
           Table V-8 Distribution of colonies  from loose  and bagged  refuse
                                 on Ar.darsen Sampler  stages
                                       (per  c-j.  ft.)
                           Andersen S.a pier Stage Number

                             2345
X
7.
Range
s_
X
i
44.9
45
5-192
36.7
21.2
21
4-73
15.6
1
1
1
1
Total
9

1
6
10.3
11
3-A6
8.8
3.5
4
3-12
2.6
0.8
1
1-3
0.9
96.5 .
100
17-402
78.7
                                                                  Total
X
%
Range
s_
X
4.9
52
1-20
3.9
1.3
15
0-3
0.8
1.1-
1.5
0-*
1.1
0.4
4
0-3
0-9
0*7
8
0-2
9.0
0.6
6
0-5
1.0
9.4
100
3-29
5.3
          Legend

          x = Maan

          7,
Percent
of total

: Standard
 Deviation

-------
 132
Conclusions
     From the preceding analysis of the data we conclude:




     1.  Airborne bacteria are generated in the handling of this hospital's




         refuse.




     2.  Placing the refuse in bags reduces the total number of airborne bacteria




         generated.




     3.  The smaller particle sizes which can penetrate the respiratory tract




         are not removed as easily as the larger particles.




     From the velometer studies of airflows we conclude:




     1.  The possibility exists for viable organisms to be transmitted t;o other




         parts of the hospital by way of the refuse chute.




     2.  The air in the chute tends to flow upward with a tendency to flow out




         into the hallways.  If two or more chute doors are open at the same time,




         the air flows through the highest open door at a rate several times the




         flow if only one door was open.




     3.  The doors do not fit tightly so there is a constant leakage of air into




         the hallway.




     4.  There is a hazard presented by the backing up of refuse in the chute,




         packing refuse against the chute doors.  This is especially dangerous




         because the first chute door above the chute closet is in the kitchen



         area.

-------
                                                                                  133
Virological  Studies





Introduction




     The dissemination of microorganisms by various waste materials has  been




recognized for many years.  To develop controls and preventive measures, a greater




knowledge of the basic factors causing the problem is necessary.  Significant




results have been  obtained with bacteria, but little is known about the  persistence




of viruses on  these materials.  It  is  for this reason that the following work was




undertaken.




      In  this work  the  persistence of coxsackievirus A«9, poliovirus type I, influenza




virus  PR-8 and vaccinia virus on various solid waste materials was studied.  Samples




artifically contaminated with the viruses were held at room temperature until tested.




Attempts were  made to  evaluate the  efficiency  of recovery,  some of the factors which




might  influence  the efficiency, and the duration of infectivity of virus adsorbed




to various solid wastes.






Methods and Materials




Viruses




     Coxsackievirus A  type 9, the PR-8 strain of influenza virus A,  the Sabin strain




of poliovirus  type 1 and vaccinia virus used in this work were laboratory strains




passed an undetermined number of times in various tissue culture systems.  All




stock virus was prepared in GMK bottle cultures by inoculating them with 1.0 ml of




undiluted virus.   Culture fluids from the bottles showing complete cytopathogenic




effect (CPE)  or,  as with the influenza virus,  a high degree  of hemadsorption (HAd),




on or before  the fifth day of inoculation were pooled.   The  fluids were centrifuged




for  clarification and  dispensed  in 10 ml aliquotes in sterile screw-cap vials to




be stored at -70 C. Before harvesting the influenza virus,  cultures were frozen and




thawed two  times.

-------
 134
Culture' Media
     African green monkey kidney  (GMK) and HeLa cells  (derived  from a human cervical
carcinoma) were obtained from Flow Laboratories, Rockville, Maryland.  All cell
cultures were grown in Eagle's minimal essential medium (E-MEM)  containing Eagle's
salts, glutamine  (2  mole/ml), NaHCO-j  (1.4 mg/ml)  and  calf  serum.   The GMK bottle
cultures were grown using 2% calf serum, whereas the roller  tubes  were grown in  a
10% concentration.  Both bottle cultures and roller tubes of  HeLa  cells were grown
in 10% calf serum and 10% tryptose phosphate broth (TPB).  Maintenance medium for
GMK cells was E-MEM supplemented  with  0.5% calf serum,  whereas  the maintenance
medium for HeLa cells contained 2% calf serum  in E-MEM.  All  media contained 100
units of penicillin, 100 ^ g of streptomycin and 25^e/g of Fungizone (E. R. Squibb
& Sons, New York) per ml.

Cell Cultures
     Confluent monolayers of GMK  and HeLa cells were grown  in 4 oz.  prescription
bottles with 10 ml of growth medium.   Twenty-five  roller tube cultures (16 x 125 mm)
were prepared per bottle of GMK cells  after 5-7 days of growth  in  bottle culture.
HeLa cell roller  tubes were also  prepared, 25  tubes per bottle  culture, after 3  days
of growth.
     The HeLa cell line was monitored  for Mycoplasma at each  transfer by plating en
Chanock'a medium  (100).  These plates  were incubated anaerobically at 37°C for
2-3 weeks before  discarding as negative.  Cells contaminated  with  Mycoplasma were
not used.

Virus Titrations
     All  viruses  were  titered  in  GMK cells except  polio-virus type 1 which was
titered  Ln  HeLa cells.  Hemadsorption was used as  an  index  of infection  with
influenza virus,  whereas CPE was  used for all  others.   Serial tenfold dilutions of

-------
                                                                                  135
the viruses were made in maintenance medium  and  for  each  dilution,  five roller tuves

were inoculated with 0.2 ml of that dilution.  The titration endpoints were calculated

by the method of Reed and Muench.


Solid Waste Extraction Medium

     Except where noted,  the following  medium, based on that used  by Sidwell et

al.  (87), was used  to recover virus  from artifically contaminated  samples of solid

waste.

             Eagle's  salt solution (10X)                 100 ml
             MEM amino  acids8  (SOX)                       20 ml
             Sodium hydroxide  (IN)                        4 ml
             Sodium  bicarbonate (2.8%)                  50 ml
             MEM vitamins* (100X)                         10 ml
             Glutamine  (100X)                             10 ml
             Gamma  globulin-free calf  seruma             50 ml
             Chick  embryo extract*                        5 ml
             Penicillin5 (100,000 units/ml)                5 ml
             Streptomycin15 (100, OOO^g/ml)                 5 ml
             Amphotericin Bc  (5  mg/ml)                   1.0 ml
             Double distilled water  (q.s.)              1000 ml


 Selection and  Preparation -of. Solid Waste Samples

      Solid waste was  collected  from  strategic  points in the West Virginia University

 hospitals refuse disposal system.  These samples were sorted into  arbitrary cate-

 gories  and weighed  individually.  The  criteria used  in determining  which materials

were to be tested were  the following:   the  item  should be found  in  a large proportion

 of  the  random  samples taken and  be present  in  significant percentages therein; the

 item should have an object-to-person or interperson  frequency which would make them

potential  threats;  and  the item  should  be relatively easy to test.   From the above

criteria came the following categories:
 Grand Island Biological Company,  Grand  Island,  N.  Y.

 Eli Lilly & Company,  Indianpolis,  Indiana

°E. R. Squibb & Sons,  N. Y.

-------
136
         A.  Office papers Including typing paper, envelopes,
             carbon paper, newspaper and magazines	 50%

         B.  Laboratory paper towels, Kleenex and wrapping
             paper	 20%

         C.  Cloth including rags, facemasks and elastic items	 17%

         D.  Surgical tapes, gauze and bandages	  8%

         E.  Paper and plastic cups	  5%

The approximate percentages of each category as it was found in the refuse disposal

system is given after its description.  A representative sample was then prepared

which expressed these percentages.  The representative sample and each of the above

were pulverized in a Wiley Mill (Arthur H. Thomas Co., Philadelphia, Pa.)

     The following items were chosen to be tested in the unpulverized state:

               1.  Gauze                    3.  Paper towels
               2.  Cotton balls             4.  Paper cups
                           5.  Cotton cloth


Treatment of Pulverized Materials

     Except where noted, all categories of the waste including the representative

sample, were tested in the following manner.  One-half gram  samples of the pulver-

ized materials were placed in culture tubes (25 x 100 mm), autoclaved and allowed

to dry for one day.  Each sample was then contaminated with  0.4 ml/ of a known amount

ot virus and incubated at room temperature.  Virus titers were determined for each

sample at various intervals of time until no virus could be  detected.


Treatment  of Unpulverized Materials

     Except where noted, the unpulverized materials were cut into 3x3  inch piences,

placed in Petri dishes and autoclaved.  After drying for one day, they were  con-

Laminated with 0.4 ml of a known  amount of virus and incubated at room temperature.

Virus titers were determined for  each sample at various intervals of  time until no

virus could be detected.

-------
                                                                                  137
Recovery of Virus from Samples

     Throughout this work, 0.4 ml of a known amount of virus has been added  to  each

sample.  To recover the virus in each tube, samples were mixed with 15 ml  of extract-

tion medium adjusted to pH 7.2.  Mixing was carried out on a Super-Mixer  (Lab-Line

Instruments, Inc., Melrose Park, Illinois) run at speed setting 6  for 15  seconds.

After settling for 5 minutes, the fluids were removed and centrifuged at 4°C at

15,000 rpm's for 15 minutes to remove suspended materials.  The virus titers of  the

supernatant fluids were determined by assay in GMK or HeLa cells grown in  roller

tube cultures.

     Those  samples not autoclaved before testing were allowed to settle for  30 minutes

after mixing and were centrifuged for 30 minutes at 15,000 rpm's to remove bacteria

and  fungi.

     The materials tested  in  the unpulverized state were macerated with 15 ml of

extraction medium in a Sorvall  Omnimix homogenizer (Ivan Sorvall,  Inc., Norwalk,

Conn.)  run at  full speed  for  30 seconds  (87).  Centrifugation and virus assay were

carried out as described  for  the pulverized samples.

     All samples  taken in  this work were stored at -20°C until tested except the

influenza virus samples which were stored at -70°C.


Results and Discussion

     Throughout this work, control samples, uncontaminated with virus, were  assayed

with the experiment.  In no instance did control materials damage cell cultures.


Effect on Virus Recovery of Autoclaving and Pulverizing Solid Haste Samples
Prior to Contamination

     To each of 5 sterile, pulverized and 5 sterile, unpulverized  samples  was added

0.4 ml of either poliovirus type 1,  vaccini virus or coxsackievirus A-9.   In addition,

5 unsterile, pulverized and 5 unsterile, unpulverized samples were similarly con-

taminated.   Virus titers were determined after 2 hours at room temperature.  In this

experiment,  10 ml of extraction medium was used.

-------
 138


     Table V-9 shows that neither autoclaving nor pulverizing had an affect on virus

recovery.  In addition, most of the virus added to all samples was recovered at  that

tine period.  Based on these results, waste samples used throughout this work were

autoclaved.


Effect of the pH of the Extraction Medium upon the Recovery of Virus from Solid
Waste Samples

     To pulverized samples of cotton, gauze and paper was added 0.4 ml of either

vaccinia virus, poliovirus type 1, coxsackievirus A-9 or influenza virus PR-8.

Virus titers were determined after 24 hours using extraction medium adjusted to

either pH 2.5, 5.0, 7.0 or 9.0.

     In nearly all instances, the efficiency of virus recovery waa greater when the

pH of the extraction medium was 7.0 (Table V-10).  For the remainder of this work,

the extraction medium was adjusted to pH 7.2.


Recovery of Virus from Solid Waste Suspended in Distilled Water

     A 4 gram aliquot of the representative sample was suspended in 500 ml of

distilled water, autoclaved, allowed to cool and dispensed in 15 ml quantities in

culture tubes (25 x 100 mm).  Each tube was contaminated with 0.4 ml of a known

amount of either poliovirus type 1 or coxsackievirus A-9.  In addition, some of the

suspension was centrifuged at low speed and the resulting supernatant fluid was

contaminated with virus.  This would detect possible toxic properties of the extract

for the viruses or the tissue culture systems in which they were assayed.  Tubes

were incubated for 2 hours at room temperature or in a 4°C water bath.

     In Table V-ll, no difference in virus recovery was seen between the contaminated

suspension and the contaminated extract.  Those tubes held at room temperature

showed no significant variation from those kept at 4°C.  Thus, the extract had no

apparent toxicity for the viruses or the tissue culture systems.

-------
Table V-9 Effect of virus recovery of autoclaving and pulverizing solid
         waste samples prior to artificial contamination with vaccinia
         virus, Poliovirus 1 or Coxsackievirus A-9

Virus
-



Polio 1
(6.27)c

,
Vaccinia
(5.78)



Coxsackie
A-9
(6.05)


Sample*3



A
B
C
D
E
A *
B
C
D

A
B
C
D
E

Virus
Autoclaved

Pulver-
ized
6.20
6.27
6.07
5.96
5.87
5.75
5.75
5.61
5,75
_» . U J-
6.00
6.05
6.01
6.27
5.80
Un-
pulver-
ized
6.16
6.00
6.20
5.87 •
5.88
5.75
5.70
5.70
5.61
J .0^
6.05
5.81
5.98
5.81
5.91
titcr3

Unautoclaved

Pulver-
ized
6.26
6.29
6.20
6.00
6.07
5.75
5.60
5.61
5.69
D.OU
6.10
5.80
5.91
6.01
5.98
Un-
pulver-
ized
6.18
6.17
5.98
6.16
6.27
5.70
5.69
5.65
5.69
s.bb
6.01
5.98
5.74
5.81
5.90
    a
      L°9lO T^ID50  Per 0.2 ml.

      Sample A  =  mixture of B-E;  Sample B = office  papers;
       Sample C = paper towels  and tissues; Sample  D = paper
       and plastic  cups; Sample E = surgical tape,  gauze and
       bandages.

    c The titer of  virus contained in each sample after the
       addition of  10 ml of extraction medium.   (Login
       per 0.:>  ml) .                                     u

-------
Table V-10 Effect of the pH of  the extraction medium upon the recovery
          of virus from autoclaved, pulverized samples of solid waste
          artifically contaminated 24 hours previously with vaccinia
          virus, Foliovirus i, Coxsackievirus A-9 and Influenza virus
          PR-8
Sample

Cotton


GAU*«



Paper

PH
2.5
5.0
7.0
9.0
2.5
5 .0
7.0
9.0
2.5
5.0
7.0
9.0

Vaccinia
(4.91)b
2.37
2.64
3.00
3.00
2.49
?.??
3.37
3.16
1.00
2.17
3.00
2.67
Virus
Polio 1
(5.33)
4.94
5.00
5.26
5.16
4.43
\ . 17
5.30
4.50
4.50
4.30
4.83
4.62
titera
Coxsackie
A-9
(5.18)
4.83
5.10
5.10
4.78
5.15
A 01
4 . W ~*
5.00
5.15
5.00
4.16
5.18
4.80

Influenza
PR-8
,(6.07)
6.00
5.96
6.00
6.00
.5.48
f A A
6.00
5.95
5.84
6.00
6.00
6.16
     Log1Q TCID50 per  0.2 ml.
     The titcr of virus contained in  each sample after the
     addition of 15 ml of extraction  medium.   (Login  TCIDcn
     per 0.2  ml).                                     10      50

-------
                                                             141
Table V-ll Recovery of Poliovirus 1 and Coxsackievirus A-9 from artifically
          contaminated solid waste suspended in distilled water
•

Treat-
ment




Tubes
incu-
bated
2 hrs
4°C.


Tubes
incu-
bated
2 hrs
Room
Temp.

Experi-
ment
number
•


1

2
3

4
Mean
5
6
7

8
Mean

Vii."us Li
Supernatant fluid
from
contaminated
suspension13
Polio

(5.33)
5.03

5.16
5.30

5.20
5.17
5.20
5.12
5.00

5.25
5.14
1 Coxsackie
A-9
d (5.18)
5.10

5.05
5.00

5.11
5.06
5.93
5.00
5.10

5.16
5.04
ter"

Supernatant fluid
extracted before
contamination0
Polio 1

(5.33)
5.20

5.00
4.93

5.10
5,06
5.00
5.30
4.90

5.00
5.05
Coxsackie
A-9
(5.18)
5.10

5.15
5.20

5.00
5,12
c; r\ f\
5.15
5.10

5.11
5.09
    a
      Log1Q TCID50 per 0.2 ml,
     The  contaminated suspension was centrifuged  and  the
     supernatant fluid tested  for virus.


     The  sterile suspension  was  ccntrifuged and the  super-
     natant fluid was contaminated an3 tested  for virus.
     The  titer of virus contained in each sample  after
     dilution to final volume.

-------
 142
Persistence Studies
     The next five experiments were carried  out  on  unpulverized materials by contam-
inating them with 0.4 ml of either vaccinia  virus,  poliovirus  type 1,  coxsackievirus
A-9 or influenza virus PR-8.  Virus titers were  determined  at  zero time,  1,  2,  3,  and
5 days and thereafter once a day until ho virus  could  be  detected.

Persistence of Virus on Cotton Balls
     Influenza virus PR-8 persisted on this  material until  the eighth  day after
contamination.  Vaccinia virus and poliovirus  type  1 were undetectable at 7  days,
Tjhile coxsackievirus A-9 survived 3 days  (Table  V-12).  No  general trend  of  virus
inactivation could be seen.  Virus loss  for  one  day ranged  from 0.2 to 2.0 log units
in most cases.  The fastest loss was  recorded  for the  period  1-3 days  during which
time coxsackievirus A-9 lost 4 log units.

Persistence of Virus on Paper Towels
     The  results  (Table V-13) show that vaccinia virus and  poliovirus  type 1 were
again undetectable after 7 days.  Coxsackievirus A-9 persisted for 3 days, while
influenza virus  PR-8 survived until the  seventh  day.   Coxsackievirus A-9  again lost
4  log units  in 2  days as compared to  0.2  to  2.0  logs for  the  other viruses.

Persistence of Virus on Cotton Cloth
     Table V-14  shows that on this material, poliovirus type  1 and coxsackievirus
A-9  persisted  for 3 days, while vaccinia virus and  influenza  virus PR-8 survived
until  the fifth  day.  No pattern  of inactivation could be seen for any of the viruses,
although  each  lost between 3-4  log units  in  2  days.

-------
Table V-12 Persistence of vaccinia virus, Poliovirus 1,  Coxsackievirus A-9
          and Influenza virus PR-8 on cotton balls at room temperature
Incubation
time
(days)
0
1
2 .
3
5
7
Virus titera
Vaccinia
(4.91)*5
4.40
3.48
2.50
1.62
0.75
0.00
Polio 1 Coxsackie
A-9
(5.33) (5.18)
5.25
5.00
4.26
3.16
1.71
0.00
5.00
4.83
2.62
0.50
0.00°
0.00
Influenza
PR-8
(6.07)
5.83
5.00
4.50
3.25
2.16
0.50
      Log10 TCID5Q per 0.2  ml.


      The  titer of virus  contained in each  sample after  the
      addition of 15 ml of  extraction medium.   (Logm TCIDcn
      per  0.2 ml).  '                                1U      50


      No virus detectable in 0.2 ml of undiluted fluid.

-------
144
     Table V-13 Persistence of vaccinia virus,  Poliovirus 1, Coxsackievirus A-9
              and Influenza virus PR-8 on  paper towels at room temperature
Incubation
time
(days)
0
1
2
3
5
7
Virus titera
Vaccinia
(4.91)b
4.36
3.83
2.62
1.62
0.75
0.00
Polio 1 Coxsackie
A-9
(5.33) (5.18)
5.00
4.37
3.50
2.00
0.50
0.00
5.00
4.83
2.33
0.83
0.00°
0.00
Influenza
PR- 8
(6.07)
6.00
5.50
4.56
4.00
2.05
0.00
       a
         Log1Q TCID5Q  per 0.2 ml,
         The titer of  virus contained in each sample after  the
         addition of  15 ml of extraction medium.   (Log,n
         per 0.2 ml).                                    10
         No virus detectable in 0.2  ml of undiluted fluid.

-------
                                                              145
Table V-14 Persistence of vaccinia virus, Poliovirus 1,  Coxsackievirus
          A-9 and Influenza virus PR-8 on cotton cloth  at room temperature
Incubation
time
(days)
0
1
2
3
5
7
Virus titera
Vaccinia
(4.91)b
4.41
2.68
1.83
1.30
0.83
0.00
Polio 1 Coxsackie
A-9
(5.33) (5.18)
5 .28
4.37
3.30
1.80
0.00C
0.00
4.83
1.83
1.00
0*.83
0.00
0.00
Influenza
PR-8
(6.07)
5.75
4.56
3.00
1.96
0.75
0.00
   a
     Log1Q  TCID50 per 0.2  ml.


     The  titer of virus  contained in each sample after the
     addition of 15 ml of  extraction medium.  (Log,ft  TCIDCrt
     per  0.2 ml).                                   10      50

   c No virus detectable in 0.2 ml of undiluted fluid.

-------
Persistence of Virus on, Surgical Gauze



     Vaccinia virus could not be detected after 3 days, while poliovirug  type  1,




coxsackievirus A-9 and influenza virus PR-8 were recovered on the  fifth day  (Table




V-15).  A loss of 1 log unit was recorded for vaccinia virus at  zero  time and  was




considerably higher than that observed for the other viruses.






Persistence of Virus on Wax Coated Paper Cups



     Table V-16 shows that all viruses persisted until the fifth day  after contamina-




tion.  Influenza virus PR-8 lost 5 log units from zero time to 3 days, while the




others lost between 3 and 4 log units.  No pattern of loss could be seen  with  any




of the viruses.






Studies on Pulverized Materials



     One-half gram samples of the waste were contaminated  with  0.4 ml of either




vaccinia virus, poliovirus type 1, coxsackievirus A-9 or  influenza virus  PR-8.




Virus titers were determined at zero time, 2, 6, and 9 hours and thereafter once




a day until no virus could be detected.






Persistence of Virus on the Pulverized Representative Sample



     Vaccinia virus persisted until the fifth day, whereas poliovirus type 1 and




influenza virus PR-8 survived until the seventh day  (Table V-17).  Coxsackievirus




A-9 was undetectable after 6 days.  Almost no virus was lost in  the first 9 hours




after contamination.  Thereafter, losses ranged from 0.1  to 1.5  log units per  day



for each virus.






Persistence of Virus on Pulverized Office Papers




     Table V-18 shows that poliovirus type 1 persisted up to the sixth day, while




the other viruses lasted until the seventh day.  No pattern of inactivation could




be seen for any of the viruses.  Losses ranged from 0.1 to 1.5 log units  per day




fui each virus.

-------
                                                               147
Table V-15 Persistence of vaccinia virus, Poliovirus 1, Coxsackievirus A-9
          and  Influenza virus PR-8 on surgical gauze at room temperature
Incubation
time
(days)
0
1
2
3
5
7

Vaccinia
(4.91)b
3.90
2.37
1.16
0.50
0.00C
0.00
Virus titer
Polio 1
(5.33)
5.30
5.16
4.30
1.50
0.50
0.00
a
Coxsackie
A-9
(5.18)
5.10
5.00
2.62
1.62
0.75
0.00

Influenza
PR-8
(6.07)
6.00
5.50
3.28
1.79
0.62
0.00
    Log1Q TCID50 per 0.2 ml,
    The titer of virus contained in each sample after the
    addition  of 15 ml of  extraction medium.  (Logm  T
    per 0.2 ml).


  c No virus  detectable in  0.2 ml of  undiluted fluid.

-------
148
      Table V-16 Persistence of Vaccinia virus,  Poliovirus 1, Coxsackievirus A-9
               and Influenza virus PR-8 on wax coated paper cups at room

               temperature
Incubation
time
(days)
0
1
2
3
5
7

Vaccinia
(4.91)b
4.80
3.25
2.62
1-.83
0.50
0.00°
Virus titer
Polio 1
(5.33)
5.21
4.98
3.21
2.50
0.50
0.00
a
Coxsackie
A-9
(5.18) ,
5.06
4.16
2.83
1'.62
0.75
0.00

Influenza
PR-8
(6.07)
5.95
4.65
3.00
1.00
0.60
0.00
            Log1Q TCID5Q per 0.2 ml.



            The titer of virus contained  in each sample after  the
            addition of 15  ml of extraction medium.   (Log,A TCIDCft
            per 0.2 ml).                                    10      50


            No virus detectable in 0.2 ml of undiluted fluid.

-------
                                                               149
Table V-17 Persistence of Vaccinia virus,  Poliovirus 1, Coxsackievirus A-9
          and  Influenza virus PR-8 on an autoclaved,  pulverized solid waste
          mixture at room temperature
Incubation
time
(hours)
0
2
6
9
(days)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Vaccinia
(4.91)b

4.21
4.00
4.00
3.85

3.00
2.62
2.00
1.75
0.50
0.00C
0.00
0.00
Virus
Polio
(5.33

5.31
4.83
4.78
4.73

4.62
3.62
2.83
2.50
2.37
2.17
1.35
0.00
titera
1 Coxsackie
A-9
) (5.18

5.00
4.90
4.85
4.00

3.41
2.*n
2.00
1.62
• i.oo
0.81
0.00
0.00

Influenza
PR-8
(6.07)

5.97
5/90
5.41
5.35

4.83
4 71
3.52
2.82
2.17
1.62
0.83
0.00
       -Log10 TCID50  Per
     b The titer of virus contained in each  sample after the
       addition of 15  ml of extraction medium (Log-i n TCIDco
       per 0.2 ml).                                  10      50


     0 No  virus detectable in 0.2  ml of undiluted fluid.

-------
150
     Table V-18 Persistence of Vaccinia virus, Poliovirus 1, Coxsackieyirus A-9
               and Influenza virus PR-8 on an autoclaved, pulverized sample of
               office papers at room temperature
Incubation
time
(hours)
0
2
6
9
(days)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Vaccinia
(4.91)b

4.50
4.25
4.12
4.00

3.62
3.34
3.12
2.54
1.89
1.75
0.62
0.00
Virus
Polio
(5.33)

5.16
4.62
4.59
4.58

4.20
•>. «•*
2.62
2.17
1.45
0.75
0.00°
0.00
titera
1 Coxsackie
A-9
(5.18)

4 '.98
4.98
4.58
4.40

4.12
3 °°
3.21
2.81
2.12
1.62
0.50
0.00

Influenza
PR-8
(6.07)

6.00
5.51
5.21
5.00

4.27
n /*•*
*^ • wy
3.05
2.50
2.17
1.21
0.50
0.00
                   'JCID50 per
            The  titer of virus  contained  in each sample after  the
            addition of 15 ml of  extraction medium  (Log,A TCIDert
            per  0.? ml) .                                  10      50


            No virus detectable in 0.2 ml of undiluted fluid.

-------
                                                                                  151
Persistence of Virus on Pulverized Paper Towels. Tissues and Bags

     Influenza virus PR-8 was detected until the seventh day, while poliovirus  type

1 was detected until the eighth day (Table V-19).  Vaccinia virua was also recovered

until the seventh day.  No significant losses were recorded in the first 9 hours

after contamination.  Losses per day were approximately 0.5 to 1.0 log unit for

each virus.


Persistence of Virus on Pulverized Paper and Plastic Cups

     The initial zero time isolation with vaccinia virus showed a loss of 0.8 log

units  (Table V-20).  Vaccinia virus persisted for 6 dayo on the material, coxsackie-

virus A-9  and  poliovirus  type 1 survived until  the seventh.  Influenza virus PR-8

lasted  the longest  by persisting until the eighth day.


Persistence of Virus on  Pulverized Surgical Tape. Gauze and Bandages

      Influenza virus PR-8 persisted for 5 days, while poliovirus type 1 lasted 6

days (Table V-21).  Vaccinia virus and coxsackievirus A-9 also persisted for 5

days.   The greatest loss  of the three was recorded for coxsackievirus A-9 when  it

lost 4  log units in 3 days.


Effect  on  Virus Recovery  of Pulverizing Paper "Bowels After Contamination with Virus.
Transmission of Virus from Contaminated to Uncontaminated Paper Towels by Direct
Contact

     Paper  towel samples  (5x5 inches) were contaminated with 0.4 ml of a known

amount of  either vaccinia virus or coxsackievirus A-9.  Each sample was placed  in

a plastic bag containing  three additional uncontaminated towels.  After three hours

at room temperature, the  towels were individually pulverized and tested for virus

survival.

     Virus was recovered  from one of the towels contaminated indirectly  (Table  V-22).

No virus was recovered from towels in contact with coxsackievirus A-9.  From the

towel contaminated with vaccinia virus, 1.0 log unit was recovered, whereas 2.S log

units of coxsackievirus A-9 were recovered.

-------
152
     Table V-19 Persistence of Vaccinia virus, Poliovirus 1, Coxsackievirus A-9

               and Influenza virus PR-8 on an autoclaved, pulverized sample of

               paper towels, tissues and bags at room temperature
Incubation
time
(hours)
0
2
6
9
(days)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Virus titer3
Vaccinia
(4.91)b

4.62
4.50
4.00
3.81

3.75
2.75
2.12
1.86
1.12
0.62
0.00°
0.00
Polio 1 Coxsackie
A-9
(5.33) (5.18)

5.26
5.16
5.00
4.86

4.83
3.R3
3.53
2.37
2.17-
1.75
0.50
0.00

5.00
5.00
5.00
4.83

4.21
3.83
2.62
2.17
1.85
1.00
0.50
0.00
Influenza
PR- 8
(6.07)
,
5.84
5.75
5.21
5.00

4.50
4^.00
3.16
2.41
2.00
1.15
0.00
0.00
          a
            Log1Q TCID5Q  per 0.2 ml
         b The titer of  virus contained in each sample  after'the
           addition of 15 ml of extraction medium (Log,A  TCIDcn
           per 0.2 ml).                                 ^10      50



           No virus detectable in  0.2 ml of undiluted fluid.

-------
                                                               153
Table V-20 Persistence of Vaccinia virus,  Poliovirus 1, Coxsackievirus A-9
          and Influenza virus PR-8 on an autoelaved,  pulverized sample of
          paper and plastic cups at room temperature
Incubation
time
(hours)
0
2
6
9
(days)
1
A
C.
3
4
5
6
7
8

Vaccinia
(4.91)13
•
4.12
4.00
4.00
3.86

3.62
J . 4U
2.83
2.12
1.75
0.50
0.00C
0.00
Virus titer
Polio 1
(5.33)

5.30
5.27
5.27
5.15

5.00
•»./_>
3.62
2.62
1.50
0.65
0.50
0.00
a
Coxsackie
A-9
(5.18)

5.10
5.00
5.00
5.00

4.62
• « *K
n * JLV
3.55
2.62
1.59
1.07
0.83
0.00

Influenza
PR-8
(6.07)

5.89
5.89
5.61
5.50

5.21
•S • JL V
5.00
4.35
3.21
1.62
1.00
0.50
             TCID50  per 0.2 ml.
       The titer of  virus contained ir each  sample after  the
       addition of 15  ml of extraction medium (Log1n TCJDcn
       par 0.2 ml).                                  1U      50

       So  virus detectable in 0.2  ml of undiluted fluid.

-------
154
     Table V-21 Persistence of Vaccinia virus, Poliovirus 1, Coxsackievirus A-9
               and Influenza virus PR-8 on  an autoclaved, pulverized sample of
               surgical tapes,  gauze and bandages at room temperature
Incubation
time
(hours)
0
2
6
9
(days)
1
^
i.
3
4
5
6
7
8

Vaccinia
(4.91)b

4.86
4.75
4.62
4.62

4.00
- Tr
j . 75
2.83
1.12
0.83
0.00C
0.00
0.00
Virus tit
Polio 1
(5.33)

5.26
5.16
5.00
5.00

4.83
.) . 0 J
2.50
2.00
1.62
0 = 83
0.00
0.00
era
Coxsackie
A-9
(5.18)

4.83
4.75
4.62
3.83

2.83
j. . _>i
1.00
• 0.83
0.50
0,00
0.00
0.00

Influenza
PR-8
(6.07)

5.83
5.50
5.21
5.00

4.75
• /s ^
1 • V W
3.21
2.16
1.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
            Log10 TCID50 per
            •Tho tJ cer of virus  contained  i'i each  sample  after the
            addition  of 15 mJ of  extract-ion medium (Log,Q
            per 0.2 ml).
            No virus  detectable  in 0,2  ml of undiluted  fluid.

-------
Table V-22 Effect on virus recovery of pulverizing paper towels after
          artificial contamination with Vaccinia virus and Coxsackievirur.
          A-9.  Transmission of virus from contaminated to uncontaminated
          paper towels by direct contact
Sample
towels
Con-
taminated
Uncon-
taminated
1
2
3
Virus
Vaccinia virus
(4.28)b
1.00
•
o.ooc
0.83
0.00
i 	
titera
Coxsackievirus A-9
(4.83)
2.50
•
0.00
0.00
0.00
        Log1Q TCID5Q  per 0.2 ml.


        The  titer of  virus contained in each  sample  after the
        addition of 15  ml of extraction medium (Login  TCIDcn
        per  0.2 ml) .                '                  J'U      50
       '.No virus detectable in  0.2  ml of undiluted fluid.

-------
156
   Conclusions
        Before undertaking control and preventive measures  for stopping the spread of
   microorganisms by fomites,  an understanding of the  factors influencing the conta.nl:.
   ation of the materials and the factors influencing  the  survival and Infactivity ut
   the microorganisms on the materials is needed.  This work has supplied additional
   information on virus stability to the limited amount available today.
        Maximum recovery of virus was obtained when  the medium used for extraction vas
   adjusted to pH 7.0.  In addition to maximum recovery at  this -pH, none of the
   harmful effects for the virus that were exhibited at the lower pH levels were
   observed.
        It was thought that the pulverizing or autoclaving  might be exerting an
   influence on the recovery of virus.  However, virus was  recovered from treated
   materials with little difference in efficiency from those that were not autoclaved
   or pulverized.  To facilitate testing, most samples were autoclaved before being
   used.
        To find if these materials had any properties  toxic for viruses or for tissue
   cultures, an extract of a representative mixture  of solid wastes was tested. No
   toxic substances could be shown in the materials  that were used.  But  in much of
   the solid waste generated in a hospital exists toxic chemicals and disinfectants
   which could be virucidal in nature.  Viruses  are  apparently susceptible to  inactive
   tion by a number of chemical substances.   (Reviewed by  Dunham  (101) and by  Klein
   and DeForest  (102).   In this study, the materials were  tested  as they were  found
   in the refuse disposal system where they posed  the  greatest threat  to  the greatest
   number of people.   If  present, the chemical agents  had  no adverse effect  on the
   tissue cultures used.  This could be due to the  autoclaving which would change the
   compound significantly or to their removal by the clarification centrifugation.

-------
                                                                                  151
The use of chemical agents for  the  sanitizing  of  fabrics from bacteria has been




extensively used since the days  of  the Roman Empire,  but to date no attempts have-




been made to use this process to render  fabrics refractory to viruses.  If effect :ve




chemicals can be found that have significanc activity against a br-.-ad speetium of




viruses, fabrics could be treated with the  agent,  particularly in areas suspected




of being contaminated with the  susceptible  viruses.




     Persistence of viruses on  the  materials tested  seemed to vary with the virus




used and the type  of waste.   Since  no pattern  of  loss of virus on coctuii materials




or paper items  could be  seen, it was assumed that  the factors influencing the surviva-1




on the  various  materials were peculiar to the  individual item or group of items




being  tested.   In  this  study, cotton cloth  was the only  fabric studied,  but suf t Lc:iet! i




 information already exists to indicate that other  types  of fabrics can disseminate




viruses.




     Differences  in the  fibrous structure of waste materials  may have some effecf  on




 their  retention of virus.  Cotton  fibers are flattened,  twisted  cellulose tubes wiM.




 a small amount  of  pectins and waxes in the  outer wall, whereas the paper products




consist of  polyester  and cellulose  in various  concentrations  depending on the  itt •




being  studied.   The paper fibers are laid down either randomly,  parallel  <->r at.  < i >v »




angles. In laboratory  paper  towels there is more  polyester than cellulose.   T^e




natural water content of cotton materials is about 77,,, whereas for paper  items  it




is less.  Approximately  20-417,  of the cotton material is unoccupied space,  whereas




paper has less  space.  The possibility exists  that viruses  might be held  more tightiy




on one  type of  fiber than on another depending upon which offers the most protection,




thus allowing recovery of virus  to  be higher from  one material than from another.




Virus clumping  could also prevent their  release from  the fibers.   However,  since  the




virus titer decreased in most cases at a steady rate  with increasing time  the




implication is  that the  agent lost  its viability upon incubation.   Relative humidity




(RH)  has been shown to be an important factor  in the  survival  cf viruses (103,104, ''.)•>,

-------
158
   106,107,108).  Due to evaporation after addition  of  the  virus suspension,  the moistui




   content slowly decreased.  At least at one point  in  the  drying process,  the humidity




   within the samples reached levels that should have favored survival of the virus.




   Perhaps on a material that held its moisture less readily, as with cotton cloth in




   Table V-14, the enteric viruses lost their viability sooner than the vaccinia and




   influenza viruses.  These results would be in accordance with the findings of other




   investigators (87,103,105,109).  However, this could not account for other results




   which are believed to be caused by individual variation.




        Viruses persisted on the pulverized materials slightly longer than on those thit




   were unpulverized.  In Table V-19, all viruses persisted on pulverized paper towels




   for 6-7 days, whereas on regular paper towels, they  lasted for 3-5 days (Table V-13),




   This again could be due to the rate of water loss and/or the fiber construction after




   pulverization, but these results are hard to interpret.




        To determine the effect of pulverizing after contamination, samples of paper




   towels were tested.  Another question was answered by this experiment; do viruses




   contaminating one object contaminate another one  by  coming in contact with it? Vlrue




   was recovered from only one towel that was originally uncontaminated.  This shows




   that contamination of viruses can be spread from  one object to another merely by




   mixing the two.  Most of the virus that was originally placed on the towels was lost




   during the pulverizing process, which could probably be  attributed to the heat




   generated  in the pulverizing mill.




        The results presented in this work support the  thesis that almost all solid was«




   materials  found in the refuse disposal system at  West Virginia University hospital




   could be possible vehicles of transmission of viruses.  To insure public safety froo




   exposure to  possible contamination by  infectious  agents  harbored on these materials,




   refuse containers should be designed which allow  the least contact between person




   and waste.   Plastic bags have met with relative  success, but in many cases were




   easilv torn  open by sharp objects with which  they came into contact.  These  containers

-------
                                                                                 159
would be employed in all areas of the hospital since all areas generate materials




capable of retaining infectious microorganisms.  At regular collection times, the




containers would be sealed and carted away to be disposed of in a way that is




effective yet minimizes possible pollution of air and water.  Possibly,  high risk




areas could be decided upon so that special precautions could be taken in handling




the waste generated there.

-------
160
      VI.   SAFETY PRECAUTIONS,  COSTS  AND RECOMMENDED SAMPLING PROCEDURE






          As  the  title  of  this  chapter  indicates this is a compilation of some studieg




     which  evolved as a result  of the overall study.




     Safety Precautions




          Concern here  is  for certain steps which were considered necessary for the




     personnel who were working on the  project and some additional recommendations for




     the  personnel whose job it is to handle the wastes in the institution.




          Most of the concern for personnel working on the project pertained to work




     in the laboratory. They were required to wear laboratory coats, surgical face




     masks  and rubber gloves while sorting, weighing and grinding.  In addition,




     goggles  were required during the grinding operation.  They were urged to shower




     after  working. The laboratory coats were commercially laundered and the lab-




     oraboty  was  cleaned after  each days sorting.




          New brown paper  was placed  on the sorting table at the beginning of each




     days work or as often as needed  to maintain clean conditions.




          Bags of refuse known  to contain pathogenic organisms were weighed only and




     not  sorted.




          The following recommendations although partially applicable to personnel




     working  on this project apply mainly to waste handlers in the institution.




           1.   Disposable needles and  syringes are a hazard to waste handlers.




               Some system to crush, melt, break or otherwise incapacitate these




               devices should be a part  of each health care facility that uses them.




          2.   Unused portions of certain medicines, narcotics or other drugs used




               in  health care facilities should be poured down the drain, crushed



               or  otherwise made unusable prior to disposal.




           3.   A comprehensive investigation of sickness or disease rates of refuse




               handlers  in  hospitals should be conducted.

-------
                                                                               161
     4.   Radioactive wastes should be handled and disposed of according to

         methods prescribed by the U. S. Atomic Energy Commission.

     5.   Separate storage and disposal should be required for flammable or

         dangerous chemicals, liquids and toxic compounds.


Solid Wastes Handling Costs

     Although this was not a specific aim in this study of the handling of solid

wastes at the Center it arose and was carried cut.

     The following factors were considered in estimating costs of the Basic

Sciences Building and the Teaching Hospital:

     1.  Personnel
     2.  Salaries of personnel
     3.  Time spent by personnel  in the handling of solid wastes
     4.  Equipment and supplies
     5.  Maintenance and replacement of equipment
     6.  Utilities
     7.  Other  related factors

     Personnel  included custodians, maids, kitchen help and special service help.

     Other related factors include periodic cleaning of air filters, removal of

fly  ash  and so  forth.

     Exact costs on many items were difficult to determine and hence some  of the

figures  shown beiow represent our best estimate of cost.

                  Basic Sciences Building - Annual Costs
     1.  Physical Plant - Medical Center Department
         Personnel - Custodians, maids, etc.                             $ 28 030
     2.  Physical Plant - University Personnel - Truck driver,  etc.         3 035
     3.  Purchasing and Supply Department                                     980
     4.  Kitchen Cafeteria and Snack Shop                                     725
     5.  Animal Quarters - Including Incineration                           2,594
     6.  Human Waste Incineration                                           1 220
     7.  General Refuse Incineration                                          430
     8.  Radioactive Waste                                                    216
                                                   Total Annual Cost     $ 37,230

-------
162
                       Teaching Hospital - Annual Costs

       1.  Housekeeping Personnel                                           $ 28,483
       2.  Physical Plant - University Personnel                              4,430
       3.  Physical Plant - Medical Center Department Personnel.                 115
       4.  Kitchen, Cafeteria, and Coffee Shop                                5,594
       5.  General Refuse Incineration                                        1,075
       6.  Chute Maintenance                                                     60
       7.  Laundry Wastes	±11
                                                  Total Annual Cost         $ 40,050

       General refuse incineration costs are prorated between the Basic Sciences

  Building and the Teaching Hospital and include depreciation.

       The total c^st of refuse handling and disposal thus comes tc $77,280 per year

  and using a rough approximation of 1,000 tons of refuse generated per year this

  gives a cost of handling and disposal of $77.28 per ton.


  Recommended Sampling Procedures

       A number of factors arose during the course of this study pertaining to

  sampling procedures such that it is felt that some general recommendations can

  be made which should assist other investigators in further studies.

       1.  A sufficient number of stations should be selected so that wastes from

           a particular unit may be isu.'ated and identified as being from  that

           particular unit.

       2.  Samples must be collected tr:ugh times from an; sampling station so that

           the effect c.f diurnal -_r seasonal variation can be detected  if  it is

           present.

       3.  Periodic cnecks of weights from individual sampling stations should be

           compared to t.tal production from the facility to verif> the validity

           of station sampling.

       4.  Twenty-four hc^ur attendance at sampling stations may be necessary.

       5.  If wastes are handled in such a way  that certain hours are peak hours

           at a disposal vr, int additijnal study personnel may be required  during

           that peri/d.

-------
                                                                            163
    6.  The amount of waste which can be sorted, ground  and  analyzed  Is usually

        a limiting factor and is another justification for having  a  series of

        stations in the facility being  studied-

    7.  If ths sample sorted is relatively  large 50  to 100 pounds  of  a

        representative portion must be  selected for  chemical and bacteriological

        analysis.  The procedure used in this  study  was  to take a  5  to  10

        percent  sample by weight of each item  trom the physical separation and

        grind these  together for the chemical  analysis.

     Some  idea of the  time required  for  sorting, sampling and grinding may be

seen in Table VI-1.

            Table VI-1  Labor efficiencies  for  refuse sorting,  sampling
                        and  grinding

Pounds of refuse sorted, sampled
and ground
Pounds of refuse sorted only
Labor hours spent in sorting
sampling and grinding
Labor hours spent in sorting cnly
Pounds per labor hour for sorting,
sampling and grinding
Pounds per labor hour fcr sorting
only
Hospital

3528
666

324
52

10.89

12.86
Basic
Sciences

3704
8405

351
752

10.54

11.16
Total

7232
9073

675
804

10.69

11.02

-------
164
                                 VII.   SUMMARY







       The specific aims which were  initially  listed  for  this project are given





  below.




       1.  To determine the physical and chemical  composition of the solid wastes




           from one medical school and  hospital  referral  complex.




       2.  To determine whether bacteria and viruses  are  present to any




           significant degree and to do some isolation and  identification.




       3.  To provide a classification  basis and obtain quantity values for the




           waste  from the  significant floors and departments.




       4.  To establish a  safe procedure for studies  on potential  pathogenic




           wastes.




       5.  To provide information about solid  wastes  on a waste producing unit




           basis  that can  be used by designers in  establishing waste handling




           procedures and  facilities for hospitals and other  medical complexes.




       6.  To develop a sampling procedure which could be used in  future solid




           waste  studies including statistical analysis of  the data to determine




           the percent errors and confidence in  the sampling  procedure.




       It  is the  primary purpose of  this chapter to pc-int out  where in the main




  body or  the report the information can be found  which will  satisfy or partially




  satisfy  the initial specific aims.




       Number one can be found in Chapter IV




       Number two can be found in Chapter V




       Number three can be found in Chapter III




       N'umber four can be  found in Chapter VI




       Number five can be  found in Chapter III




       Camber six can be found in Chapters II  and  VI

-------
                                                                               165
     It was considered more convenient to list the conclusions with the chapters

that dealt with that particular topic.

     Cost, which were not included as part of the specific aims are discussed

in Chapter VI.

     Although all pertinent references are listed in the Bibliography a list is

also provided here of all papers which were written pertaining to this study.  If

more detail is desired on any topic discussed in this report these papers are

on  file with  Solid Waste Research, Office of Research and Monitoring, Environmental

Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio and with the Department of Civil Engineering,

West Virginia University, Engineering Sciences Building, Morgantown, West Virginia

26506.

1.   Armstrong,  David Harold,  "Hospital Refuse - Chute Sanitation," Unpublished
     problem  report, W.V.U.,  Morgantown, '". Va.  1969.

     This report  deals with  the general problem of hospital refuse chute

     sanitation and  the  specific  problem of the effect of putting hospital

     refuse  in  plastic bags.  The study shows that airborne bacteria are

     generated  during waste  handling  and that there are pathways by which they

     may  gain entrance to hospital floors.  Plastic bagging of the refuse signi-

     ficantly reduced the number  of airborne bacteria generated.

2.  Cleveland, Elmer G., "Sampling Data and Procedures Used in the Medical Center
     Solid Waste  Program," Unpublished class report, W.V.U., Morgantown, W. Va.
     1968.

     This report deals with  the design of the sampling and weighing procedure

     in order to obtain weights, volumes, types and generation origins of solid

     wastes within the Medical Center complex.  Collection of samples, laboratory

     procedures and safety precaustions are discussed.  Preliminary data as to

     physical breakdown and quantities are presented.

-------
166
  J.  DiNicola, Thomas  A.,  "Persistence of Viruses  -n Hospital Solid  Wastes,"
       Unpublished masters  thesis,  W.V.I)., Motgantown, W. V*.  19t>9.

       This  thesis reported on contaminating  hospital solid wastes with  vaccinia

       virus,  policvirus  type  I,  coxsackie virus A-9 and influenza virus  PR-8.

       The length of  time these agents persisted at room temperature  on such

       materials was  determined.   Generally, viruses persisted for 3  t.. f> days

       on cotton balls  and  sheeting and frr 3 t, 8 days on paper  items.

  4.  Galli,  Alfred A.,  "Chemical Analysis of Solid Wastes from a Teaching Hospital,"
       Unpublished  problem report,  W.V.U., Morgantcwn, W. Va.  1971.

       This  problem report  is  a study of the chemical c ,nstit<-fcnts fround in solid

       wastes. After a physical separation into 25 categories a chemical analysis

       which included moisture, volatile solids and ash, BTU value, sulfur and

       phosphorus was performed.   Data obtained during one year rf sampling was

       processed  in a computer which provided rt.&di uts.  Other chemical tests were

       added after  the  completion of this revort.

  5.  Morris,  Ronald  Lee, "Preparation and Operatic:, of Combustion Trains for
       Carbon and Hydrogen Analysis," Unpublished pr' blew report, TT.V.U.,
       Morgantown,  W. Va.  1969.

       This  report  focuses  en  the construction and method of operation of coicbustiop

       trains for  the anal/sis of carbon and .Vvdregen it the cnei!.leal analysis  of

       solid wastes at  the  Medical Center Complex.

  6.   Proden,  Leonard,  "Tentative Methods and Procedures ft-r c-.etnUai and Bacter-
       iological Analysis of Institutional Solid Wastes," Ur.iuhiished revert.
       W.V.I)., Morgantown,  W.  Va.  19b8.

       This  report  lists suggested procedures t,. be followed in chemical  and

       bacteriological  analysis of hospital s^lid wastes.  It also discusses  some

       safety and  sanitary precaustions to be followed as» well a* suggestions  on

       ways  of enhancing the quality of the work being perf-rmed.

  7.   "••ir-.,  Richard  J.,  Ill,  "Bacteriological E-aor-ination of Institutional Solid
       Wastes,  Unpublished problem recort, W.V.U., Me rfeant.,wn, W. Va.   1970.

       This  re-ort  deals with  t!-.e method ,  f e»a*ir*ti. n t. b*. -^sed  i-. the analysis

         f *=steb containing pathogenic mic r u..rgar. i°ms.  S..•**• i-rfci i«r it;&t / data are

       presented.

-------
                                                                                167
8.  Trigg, Jere A., "Microbial Examination of Hospital Solid Wastes," Unpublished
     problem report, W.V.U., Morgantown.,  W.  Va.   1971.

     Building  on  reference  number  six this report gives a detailed explanation

     of  analysis  materials  and procedures for tie determination >..f the raicrobial

     counts  in hospital  refuse.   Insight  is  obtained into the question of the

     types of  microorganisms most  commonly associated with hospital refuse.

     From the  data on the 15 nursing stations conclusions are drawn on the type

      of station most  likely to generate potentially pathogenic solid wastes.

 9.  Usmiani,  John 1.,  Part  I., "Estimate  of  Cost Factors Involved in Solid Waste
      Handling and Disposal  at West Virginia University Medical Center",  Part 2,
      "Personnel Involved in Solid  Waste Production at West Virginia University
      Medical Center," Unpublixhed  class report,  W.V.U., Morgantown, W. Va. 1968.

      This report attempts to take  into account all factors which contribute to

      the cost of handling and  disposing of solid wastes at the W.V.U. Medical

      Complex.  Part 2 is an effort to correlate these c.sts with the personnel

      who are  contributing to the production of the solid wastes in the Complex.

10.  Wallace,  Lynn Pyper, "Solid Waste Generation by the Units of a Teaching
      Hospital,"  Ph.D. Dissertation, W.V.U.,  M&rgantown, ". Va.  1970.

      After the determination the weights and volumes <;f so!id waste generated

      by a modern teaching hospital these quantities were correlated the

      number of patients, the number of paid empLj/ees (nurses, doctors,  aides,

      administrative and operational personnel) and t'-e number of non-paid

      personnel (volunteers  and  students)  who ;>r educed the refuse.  The results

      show that the quantity of  refuse generated by ^capital units can be pre-

     dicted  from tbe  24 hour  staff on ditty in that i.-at.

11.  Zepeda,  Francisco,  "Statistical Analysis of Institutional Solid Wastes,"
     Unpublished  problem report, W.V.U.,  Morgantown,  W. Va.  1969.

     This  repr.rt  is a  study of the percentages ;.-f the difft.-ent /i/steal con-

     stituents of institutional  solid wastes.  The analysis consisted in the

     physical  separation of the  refuse into  25 categories aad in obtaining the

     percentage by weight of each.

-------
168
            Data obtained during one year of sampling were processed in a computer



       and the results obtained shoved the quantity of solid waste generated in




       each section and the percentage by weight of each constituent.

-------
                                                                                  169
                               LIST OF REFERENCES


 1.  Morse, W. F.,  The  Collection and Disposal of Municipal Waste. The Municipal
    Journal  and Engineers  (Publishers) New York, 1908, pp. 128-136.

 2.  Overton, W. J.,  "New Sources of Energy," Modern Hospital. Vol. 48, No.  6,
    June 1937,  pp. 87-90.

 3.  Mawson,  C.  A., Management of Radioactive Wastes. D. Van Nostrand Company,
     Inc., Princeton, 1965,  p. 196.

 4.   Kenny, A.  W.,  "The Safe Disposal of Radioactive Wastes," Bulletin of  the
     World Health  Organization. Vol. 14, 1956, pp. 1007-1060.

 5.   Burns, P.  and H. Barker, "Precautions Are Necessary When Radioactive  Iodine
     or Gold Is Used," The American Journal of Nursing. Vol. 56, No. 11, November
     1956, pp.  1404-1406.

 6 .  "Disposable Syringes and Needles," Hospitals. Vol. 191, No. 1, January
     1965, p. 47.
                                        ' <\
 7.  Healy, J. J., "Disposable Hypodermic Syringes and Needles," Journal of  the
     American Medical Association. Vol. 191, January 4, 1965, p. 57.

 8.  Horty,  J.  F., "Courts Rule  on Unlicensed Doctors, Hazardous Wastes and
     Claims  Priorities." Modern  Hospital. Vol. 112, April 1969, p. 56.

 9.  Deschambeau,  G. L., "No More  Stray Shots for Disposable Needles and Syringes,"
     Modern  Hospital.  Vol. 109,  September 1967,  p. 80.

 10.  "Disposables  are Dangerous,"  Pennsylvania Medicine. Vol. 71, No. 3, March
     1968, p. 49.

 11.  Negus,  L., "Refuse Disposal is  Part of  Safety Program," Modern Hospital.
     Vol.  92, February 1959,  p.  1344.

 12.  Black, R. J., "Solid Waste  Handling," Environmental Aspects of the Hospital.
     Chapter II, Vol.  II, U.  S.  Department H.E.W., Public Health Service,  Pub.
     No.  930-C-16, Washington, D. C., March  1967.

 13.   Letourneau, C. U., "Nosocomial  Infections:  Part II," Hospital Management
     Vol. 83, No.  3, March 1957", pp. 52-53,  96.        »          """    	'

 14.   Letourneau, C. U., "Nosocomial  Infections:  Part 111," Hospital Management
     Vol. 83, No.  4, April 1957, pp.. 56-57.	'
                                   :
15.   Starkey, H.,  "Control of Staphylococcal Infections in Hospitals,"  The
     Canadian Medical Association Journal. Vol.  75, No. 5, September 1  T966
     pp.  371-380.                                                      '      '

16.  Starkey, H.,  "Prepared  Discussion," Proceedings - National Conference on
     Institutionally Acquired Infections.  (University of M
-------
  170

17.   Bond,  R. G. and G. S. Michaelsen, Bacterial Contamination from Hospital  Solid
     Wastes. University of Minnesota School of Public Health, U.S.P.H.S. Grant
     No. EF00007-04, 1964.

18.   Cadmus, R. R., "One-use Waste Receptacles Minimize Infection Spread," Hospitals,
     Vol. 32, December 16, 1958, pp. 82-84.

19.   Greene, V. W., et al.. "Microbiological Contamination of Hospital Air; I
     Quantitative Studies, II Qualitative Studies," Applied Microbiology. Vol.  10,
     November 1962, pp. 561-571.

20.   Goates, L. B., "Our Trash Problems are in the Bag," Hospital Topics. Vol.  38,
     January 1960, pp. 75-77.

21.   "Hospital X Plastic Liners - Greater Efficiency," Modern Sanitation and
     Building Maintenance. Vol. 17, May 1965, pp. 21-22.

22.   Vance, 0., "Plastic Helps in the Cleanup," Hospital Management. Vol. 92,
     August 1961, pp. 48-49.

23.   "Wrap Up Your Waste Disposal Problems in a Paper Bag," Modern Sanitation and
     Building Maintenance. Vol. 18, No. 5, May 1966, pp. 21-22.

24.   "Can-Liners Simplify Waste Disposal," Safety Maintenance. Vol. 130, August
     1965, p. 53.

25.   "New Ideas in Hospitals: A System of Sacks," Nursing Times, Vol. 59, No. 12,
     March 22, 1963, p. 258.

26.   "Paper Sack Systems of Refuse Collection," Modern Sanitation qnd Building
     Maintenance. Vol. 12, October 1965, pp. 54-56.

27.   Vestal, A. J., "Paper Sack - Refuse System Improves Hospital's Waste Disposal
     System," Hospital Topics. Vol. 46, December 1968, pp. 43-45.

^8.   "Paper Bags for Waste Disposal Save Hospital Money," Modern Sanitation and
     Building Maintenance. Vol. 17, February 1965, pp. 19-21.

29.   "$14,000 Annual Saving with New Disposal System Reported," Executive House^
     keeper. Vol. 11, March 1965, p. 34.

30.   Oviatt, V. R., "Status Report - Disposal of Solid Wastes," Hospitals
     Vol. 42, December 16, 1968.                                —	

31.   Faulkner, A. C., "Horizontal and Vertical Transportation," Hospitals  Vol. 36.
     No. 5, March 1, 1962, pp. 90-91, 96-97.	

32.   Hughes, H. G., "Chutes in Hospitals," Canadian Hospitals. Vol. 41  September
     1964, pp. 56-57.                                                 '

33.   "Hospital Design Features Affecting Maintenance of Asepsis," Public Health
     Service, Division of Hospital and Medical Facilities, 1960.

-------
                                                                                   171
34.   Hurst,  V.,  et al.. "Hospital Laundry and Refuse Chutes as Sources of
     Staphylococcic Cross-Infection," Journal of the American Medical Association,
     Vol.  167,  July 5, 1958, pp. 1223-1229.

35.   Vesley, D.  and M. Brosk, "Environmental Implications in the Control of Hospital
     Acquired Infections," Nursing Outlook, Vol. 12, December 1961, pp. 742-745.

36.   Gaulin, R.  P., Design Features Affecting Asepsis in the Hospital, Division
     of Hospital and Medical Facilities, Public Health Service, Pub. No. 930-D-9,
     Revised, 1966.

37.   Michaelsen, G. S., "Designing Linen Chutes to Reduce Spread of Infectious
     Organisms," Hospitals. Vol. 39, No. 5, March 16, 1965.

38.   Steinle, J. G., "Consultants Corner: Rubbish and Laundry Chutes in the Hospital,"
     Hospital Topics. Vol. 44, No. 2, February 1966, p. 68.

39.   Weintraub,  B. S., Kern, H. D. "Use of Wet Grinding Units for Disposal of Hospital
     Solid Waste," Health Facilities Planning and Construction Service, Health
     Service and Mental Administration, U.S.P.H.S., Department of Health, Education,
     and Welfare, August 1969.

40.   Jopke,  !•!.  H. and D. R. Hass, "Bacterial Contamination in Hospital Dishwashing
     Facilities. Phase 1:  Studies on Food Waste Disposers," Report of Research
     Under Contract PH 108-67-65, Division of Hospital and Medical Facilities,
     Bureau of State Services, Public Health Service, Minneapolis, University of
     Minnesota,  School of Public Health, March 1968.

41.   "Roving Reporter:  Disposing of Wastes," Modern Hospital,  Vol. 87, No. 2,
     August 1956, p. 12.

42.   Combs,  W.  H. and S. N. Craig, "Waste Disposal Methods; Pulping," Modern
     Sanitation and Building Maintenance, Vol. 17, September 1965, pp. 15-17.

43.   Hechinger,  S., "Pulping Machine Cuts Bulk of Disposal by 85%," Modern Hospital.
     Vol.  104,  May 1965, p. 176.

44.   McGuinness, W. J., "Pukping Improves Waste Disposal," Progressive Architecture.
     Vol.  49, February 1968, p. 158.

45.   Jacobsen,  T. L., "Materials Handling Systems Case Study:  Compaction System
     Reduces Disposal Hazards," Hospital, Vol. 43, February 1,  1969, pp. 89-90.

46.   Oviatt, V.  R., "How to Dispose of Disposables," Medical-Surgical Review.
     Second Quarter, 1969, pp. 57-61.

47.   Paul, R. C., "Crush, Flatten, Burn or Grind? The Not So Simple Matter of
     Disposal,"  Hospitals. Vol. 38, No. 23, December 1, 1964,  pp. 99-101, 104-105.

48.   "Trash Packer Cuts Labor Costs at Ohio Hospital," Modern Hospital. Vol. 106,
     May 1966,  p. 214.

-------
  172
49.  Johnson, H. C., "The Effect of Air Pollution Control Regulations  on  Refuse
     Disposal from Industrial, Commercial, and Institutional Operations,"
     Information Bulletin 11-61. Bay  Area Air Pollution Control District,
     December 15, 1961.

50.  "New Incinerator Prevents Air Pollution," Modern Hospital. Vol. 112,
     March 1969, p. 158.

51.  Peterson, M. L. and F. J. Stutzenberger, "Microbiological Evaluation of
     Incinerator Operations," Applied Microbiology. Vol. 18, No. 1, July  1969,
     pp. 8-13.

52.  Snyder, H. J., Incineration as an Alternative For the Disposal of Hospital
     and Medical School Solid Wastes. Unpublished Masters Problem, West Virginia
     University, 1964.

53.  Bohne, H., "Air Pollution Damage from Hospital Incinerators," Staub-Reinhaltung
     Luft.  (Dusseldorf) (German) Vol. 27, No. 10 October 1967, pp. 451-453.

54.  "Incineration of Disposable Goods: Kings Fund Report," Hospital Engineer.
     Vol. 18, January 1964, pp. 17-19.

55.  Falick, J., "Waste Handling in Hospitals," Architectural and Engineering
     News. Vol. 7, November 1965, pp. 46-53.

56.  Foltz, W. N., "Materials Handling Systems: Choosing an Efficient Waste Disposal
     System," Hospitals, Vol. 43, February 1, 1969, pp. 67-72.

57.  Letourneau, C. U., "Automated Transportation of Hospital Materials," Hospital
     Management. Vol. 104, No. 2, July 1967, pp. 40-41, August 1967, pp.  45-49.

58.  "Automatic Removal of Laundry and Waste: First Hospital to Have Each Floor
     Served," Hospital Engineer. Vol. 18, December 1964, p. 358.

S9.  Pickens, W. R., and L. H. Mousel, "Surgical Suite at Swedish Hospital is
     Designed to Reduce Contamination," Modern Hospital, Vol. 98, No. 3  March
     1962, pp. 105-110, 122, 124.

60.  Greenberg, A., "Environmental Control in Hospital Design," Architectural
     Record. Vol. 136, No. 4, October 1964, pp. 202-206.

61.  County of Los Angeles, "Solid Waste Handling and Disposal in Multi-story
     Buildings and Hospitals," Unpublished Project Report of U. S. Public Health
     Service Grant, #5-001-UI-00164-01, to Los Angeles County, 1970.

62.  Hechinger, S., "Huge Pneumatic Tube System Moves Laundry and Trash " Modern
     Hospital. Vol. 113, July 1969, pp. 128-130.                       '

  K  Hoibrook, J. A., "Hospitals and the Growing Problems of Waste Disposal "
     Hospitals. Vol. 42, No. 5, March 1968, pp. 57-60.

-------
                                                                              173
Lewis, R. K., "Just Ahead:  New  Standards  in Structures and Equipment,"
Hospitals. Vol. 40, No.  17, September  1,  1966,  pp.  88-92.

Baker, W. J., "Is System Automation  the  Only Salvation for Hospitals?",
Hospital Management. Vol. 106, October  1968,  pp.  81-82.

Davis, R. W., "Automated Waste Disposal  Systems are Coming," Modern Hospital.
Vol. Ill, No. 1, July 1968, pp.  138-140.

Boudreau, E. M., "Meeting the New Requirements for  Hospital Materials
Handling," Hospitals. Vol. 43, No. 3,  February 1,  1969, p. 42.

Vaughan, R. D., "Management of Solid Wastes  from Hospitals:  Problems and
Technology," National Sanitation Foundation  - Report of a  National  Conference,
December 4-5, 1968, Use  and Disposal of  Single-Use  Items in Health  Care
Facilities. Ann Arbor, Michigan,  p.  41.

Holbrook, J. A., "Disposables Require  New  Disposal  Methods," Modern Hospital.
Vol. 107, No. 7, July 1966, pp.  126-130.

Michaelsen, G. S. and D. Vesley,  "Disposable Hospital Supplies,  Some
Administrative and Technical  Implications,"  Hospital Management,  Vol.  101,
January 1966, pp. 23-28.

Peimer, S. C. and H. Gothelf, "A Total Disposable  Program," Hospitals. Vol.  39,
No. 9, March 1, 1965, pp. 45-48,  76-86.

Rooen, W., "The Disposable Dilemma." Canadian Hospital.  Vol.  45,  October  1968,
pp. 73-78.

Tetreault, R. F., et al.. "Shoud We  Use  Disposables?" Hospital Management.
Vol. 99, June 1965, pp.  91-96.

Title, M. M., et al.t "Are Disposable  Items  Worth  the Cost?" Hospital
Management. Vol. 96, October  1963, pp.  63-66.

Bassin, P., "Should the  Decision be  for  or Against  Disposable Items?"
Hospital Management. Vol. 96, September  1963,  pp.  96-100.

Letourneau, C. U., "Disposable Supplies: Problems  of Disposal,"  Hospital
Management. Vol. 94, August 1962,  p. 14.

Valentine, Brother, "I Would  Like to Know  ...  Is  the Use of Disposable
Items in the Central Service  Department  an Asset  or Liability?"   Hospital
Management. Vol. 94, December 1962,  p. 72.

Freedman, M. A., "Unknown Usage  Trends Create Hazards in Hospital Design,"
Hospitals. Vol. 38, No.  23, December 1,  1964,  pp.  106-108.

Hartman, J., "Will Hospitals  Switch  to Paper Dishware?" Modern  Hospital.
Vol. 100, April 1963, p. 128.

-------
  174


80.  Rayner, H. M., "On the Disposal of Disposables," Canadian Journal of  Public
     Health. Vol. 58, No. 4, April 1967, pp. 177-179.

81.  Rourke, A. J., "Needed: Safeway to Destroy Disposables," Modern Hospital,
     Vol. 109, September 1967, p. 132.

82.  White, D. K., "Large-Scale Use of Disposables: Report of an 18-Month  Experiment,"
     Hospitals. Vol. 40, No. 19, October 1, 1966, pp. 65-71.

83.  "Hospital Refuse Destructor: Successful Application of Gas Firing," Hospital
     and Social Service Journal. Vol. 60, November 24, 1950, p. 1281.

84.  Groce, R. B., "Disposable Items Add to Hospitals' Waste Disposal Problems,"
     Hospital Engineering Newsletter. Vol. 14, January 1969, pp. 1-2.

85.  Snow, D. L., et al.. "Hospital Solid Wastes and Their Handling,," (Report  of
     the Committee on Hospital Facilities, Engineering, and Sanitation Section,
     American Public Health Association,) American Journal of Public Health.
     Vol. 46, No. 3, March 1956, pp. 357-367.

86.  McNeil, E.  "Dissemination of Microorganisms by Fabrics and Leather," Develop.
     Ind. Microbiol. _5: 1964, pp. 30-35.

87-  Sidwell, R. W., Glen J. Dixon, and Ethel McNeil.  "Quantitative Studies on
     Fabrics as Disseminators of Viruses. I. Persistence of Vaccinia Virus on
     Cotton and Wool Fabrics,"  Applied Microbiology 14:  1966, pp. 55-59.

88.  Berg, G.  "Transmission of Viruses by the Water Route,"  Interscience Publishers:
     a Division of John Wiley and Sons, New York, London, Sidney, 1966.

89.  Kelly, S., J. Winsser, and W. Winkelstein, Jr., "Poliomyelitis and Other  Enteric
     Viruses in Sewage,"  American Journal of Public Health. 47: 1957, pp. 72-77-

90.  Clarke, N. A., R. E, Stevenson, and P. W. Kabler, "Survival ofiCoxsackie  Viruses
     in Water and Sewage," Journal of American Water Works Association 48; 1956,
     pp. 677-682.                                                     ""~~

91.  American Public Works Association, Committee on Refuse Disposal, Municipal
     Refuse Disposal. American Public Works Association Research Foundation Project
     104, Public Administration Service, Chicago, 1961, pp. 211-213.

92.  Gillies, R. R., and Dodds, T. C., Bacteriology Illustrated. 2nd. Edition,
     1968.

93.  Andersen, A. A., "New Sampler for the Collection, Sizing, and Enumeration of
     Viable Airborne Particles," Journal of Bacteriology. Vol. 76, 1958, pp/ 471-484.

94.  Difco Laboratories, Difco Manual. Ninth Edition, p. 88.

•»:>.  Arn.^trong, D. H., "Airborne Bacteria in Incinerator Dust", In-house Publication.
     U.  S. Public Health Service, 1968.                                              '

-------
                                                                                   175
96.  Fryer,  H. C., Concepts and Methods  of Experimental Statistics.  Allyn and Bacon,
     Inc.,  1966, pp. 180-181.

97-  Snedecor, G. W., Statistical Methods. Iowa  State  University Press,  Sixth
     Edition,  1967, pp. 114-116.

98.  Brown,  J. K., et al.. "Influence  of Particle  Size Upon the Retention of
     Particulate Matter in the Human Lung,"  American Journal of Public Health.
     Vol. 40,  1950, pp. 540-549.

99.  Riley,  R. L. and O'Grady, F., Airborne  Infection.  Transmission,  and Control.
     The Macmillan Company, 1961, pp.  81-94.

100.  Chanock,  R. M., L. Hayflick and M.  F. Barile,  "Growth  on Artificial Medium
     of an Agent Associated with Atypical Pneumonia and Its Identification as a
     PPLO," Proceedings. National Academy of Science 48:  1962,  pp. 41-49.

101.  Dunham, W. B., Virucidal agents.  "Antiseptic  Disinfectants,  Fungicides and
     Sterilization,"  Lea and Febiger, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.   In.  G.  F.
     Reddish  (ed.) 1957, pp. 432-456.

102.  Klein,  M., and A. DeForest, "The  Inactivation of  Viruses by Germicides,"
     Chem. Specialities Mfrs. Assoc. Proc. Mid-Year Meeting 49:  1963,  pp.  116-118.

103.  Looslei,  C. G., H. M. Lemon, 0. H.  Robertson,  and E. Appel.  "Experimental
     Air-born Influenza Infection. 1.  Influence  of Humidity en Survival  of Virus
     in Air," Proc. Soc. Exptl.  Biol. Med.  53:  1943,  pp. 205-207.

104.  Edward, T-. G.,  . J. Elford, and  P.  P.  Laidlaw,   "Studies on Air-borne Virus
     Infections," Journal Hygiene 43:  1943,  pp.  1-15.

105.  Looslei,  C. G., 0. H. Robertson,  and T.  T.  Puck.   "The Production of  Experi-
     mental Influenza in Mice by Inhalation  of Atmospheres  Containing  Influenza
     Virus Dispersed as Fine Droplets,"  Journal  of Infectious Diseases,  1943,
     72:  pp.  142-153.

106.  Schechmeister, 1. L., "Studies on the Experimental Epidemiology  of  Respiratory
     Infection,"  Journal of Infectious  Diseases,  1950,  87:  pp.  128-132.

107.  Harper, G. T., "Air-borne Microorganisms: Survival Tests with Four  Viruses,"
     Journal Hygiene. 1961, 59:  pp. 479-48o.

108.  DeJong, J. G., K. C. Winkler, "Survival  of  Measles Virus in Air,  Nature 201:
     1964, pp. 1054-1055.

109.  Hemmes, J. H., K. C. Winkler, S.  M.  Kool, "Virus  Survival as a Seasonal
     Factor in Influenza and Poliomyelitis,"  Nature 188:  I960,  pp. 430-431.

HO.  Pelczar,  M. J., et al., Manual of Microbiclogical  Methods.  McGraw-Hill Book
     Company,  Inc., New York, 1957-

-------
   176
111.  Collins, C. H., Microbiological Methods. Plenum Press, London,  1967.

112.  Schaub, Isabelle G., et al., Diagnostic Bacteriology, C. V. Mosby Co.,  Inc.,
      St. Louis, 1958.

113.  Slack, John M., "Experimental Pathogenic Microbiology," Burgess Publishing
      Co., Inc., Minneapolis, Minn., 1964.

114.  BBL Manual of Products and Laboratory Procedures.  5th ed., BioQuest, Division
      of Becton, Dickinson and Cc., Cockfeysville, Maryland, 1969.

115.  Blair, J. E., E. H. Lennttte, and J. P. Truant, Editors, Manual of Clinical
      Microbiology. American Society for Microbiology,  Bethesda, Maryland, 1970.

116.  Cowan, S. T. and K. J. Steel, Manual f. r the Identification of Medical
      Bacteria, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge,  England,  1966.

117-  Emmona, C. W., C. H. Binford, and J. P. Utz, Medical Mycology. 2nd ed., Lea
      and Febiger, Philadelpnia, Pa.,  1970.

118.  Skerman, V.B.D., A Guide to the  Identification of the Genera of Bacteria.
      2nd ed., The Williams and Wilkins Company,  Baltimore, Maryland, 1967.

U9.  Gibbs, B. N. and D. A. Shapton,  Editors, Identification Methods for Micro-
      biologists; Part B.. Academic Press, London and New York,  1968.

-------
                                                                                 177
                                   APPENDIX A









    Appendix A consists of data tables and calculation tables used in obtaining




values  for  certain tables in the main body of the report.

-------
                               Table  A-l Mean hospital ut.it population
 (24 HOUR PERIOD)

 UNIT    PATIENTS
                                                                         MONDAY
FRIDAY
 META.
 PSYC.
 GMED.
 GMED.
 FED.
 GYN.
 SURG.
 SURG.
 OB.
 ORTH.
 ORTH.
 OR.
 1C.
 X-RAY
 BLAB..
 REGM.
 ENT.
 CP.
 EMG.
 ER.
 CLIN.
ADMIN.
CAFE.
GIFT
GRND.
DIET.
  10
  24
  43
  47
  41
  44
  46
  46
  15
  21
  38
  19
  8
  0
  0
  0
  0
  0
  0
 65
311
  0
  0
  0
  0
  0
DOCTORS
ADMINISTRATORS
SUPERVISORS
7
11
21
33
41
36
18
24
17
8
11
34
22
10
7
6
13
12
2
16
85
21
1
1
3
4
SECRETARIES
CLERKS
0
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
1
0
11
9
5
2
6
0
1
4
41
0
1
12
4
TECHNICIANS
LAB ASS'T
2
1
2
2
3
1
3
2
0
0
0
4
0
13
26
1
5
9
2
0
9
0
5
0
8
17
NURSES
AIDS
8
13
24
26
24
20
25
25
17
16
23
36
18
0
3
0
0
1
0
9
14
0
0
0
0
0
                                                             HOUSEKEEPING  TOTAL  VOLUNTEERS
                                                              MAINTENANCE  STAFF   STUDENTS
2
2
4
4
5
4
4
4
2
2
4
4
3
1
1
0
0
1
0
3
1
4
0
0
2.
2
19
28
53
67
75
63
52
57
37
28
40
79
43
35
46
12
20
29
4
29
113
66
6
2
25
27
3
9
2
2
12
3
1
2
9
3
4
0
1
22
16
0*
2*
5
0
1
19
20
0
6
0
0

-------
                                        Table A-l  (continued)
UNIT

KITN.
PHCX-
1AUN,.
CENT.
COBT.
ALF.
PATIENTS DOCTORS
ADMINISTRATORS

0
0
0
0
0
0
SUPERVISORS
7
2
2
1
1
6
SECRETARIES
CLERKS

0
0
0
1
1
7
TECHNICIANS
LAB ASS'T

64
6
20
7
4
7
NURSES HOUSEKEEPING TOTAL VOLUNTEERS
AIDS MAINTENANCE STAFF STUDENTS
ORDERLIES
0
0
0
0
0
3

2
0
3
0
1
I

73
8
25
9
7
24

0
0
0
0
0
0*
TOTALS   778          483
    Includes 376 Outpatients
124
223
305
66
1201
142
*Administratively Part Of The Basic Sciences Building

-------
                                                                                                           00
                                                                                                           o
                               ~a')le \.-2   Mean hospital unit reputation
(24HOUR PERIOD)
UNIT    PATIENTS
   DOCTORS
ADMINISTRATORS
 SUPERVISORS
META.
PSYC.
GMED.
GMED.
FED.
GYN.
SURG.
SURG.
OB.
ORTH.
ORTH.
OR.
1C.
V-RAY
BLAB.
REGM.
ENT.
CP.
EMG.
ER.
CLIN.
ADMN.
CAFE.
GIFT.
GRND.
DIET.
KITN.
7
18
41
45
42
45
45
43
28
20
32
3
10
n
0
0
0
0
0
65
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8
4
17
20
36
24
11
17
6
5
10
7
19
1
3
0
0
0
0
4
0
3
1
1
0
2
6
SECRETARIES
CLERKS

0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
8
0
0
0
3
0
TECHNICIANS
LAB ASS'T

1
1
1
1
3
3
2
2
0
0
0
1
0
3
13
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
0
0
12
• 60
NURSES
AIDS
ORDERLIES
6
9
25
23
24
18
22
25
18
14
21
4
14
0
1
0
0
0
0
8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
           SATURDAY AND SUNDAY
HOUSEKEEPING  TOTAL  VOLUNTEERS
 MAINTENANCE  STAFF   STUDENTS
2
2
3
2
5
4
4
3
2
1
2
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
2
0
0
0
1
1
17
17
47
47
69
50
40
48
26
21
34
13
34
5
19
0
0
0
0
15
0
13
7
1
0
18
67
0
2
0
0
2
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
22
0
5
0
0
0

-------
Table A-2  (continued)
UNIT


PHCY.
LAUN.
CENT.
COBT.
ALF.
TOTALS
PATIENTS


0
0
0
0
0
379
DOCTORS
ADMINISTRATORS
SUPERVISORS
1
1
1
0
0
208
SECRETARIES
CLERKS

0
0
0
0
0
23
TECHNICIANS
LAB ASS'l

3
6
4
0
0
122
NURSES
AIDS
ORDERLIES
0
0
0
0
0
232
HOUSEKEEPING
MAINTENANCE

0
1
0
0
0
40
TOTAL
STAFF

4
8
5
0
0
625
VOLUNTEERS
STUDENTS

0
0
0
0
0
34
65 Outpatients

-------
                             Table A-3  Mean basic sciences unit population
(24 HOUR PERIOD)
MONDAY  —  FRIDAY
STATION


41.
42
TOTAL
31
32
TOTAL
21
22
23
TOTAL
11
12
TOTAL
Gl
G2
G3
G4
G5
TOTAL
Building
Total
DOCTORS
PROFESSORS
SUPERVISORS
69
30
99
35
48
83
35
33
1
69
43
72
115
14
20
6
1
2
43

409
SECRETARIES
CLERKS

25
0
25
8
2
10
15
1
2
18
42
2
44
7
0
0
0
0
~7

104
TECHNICIANS
LAB ASS'T

0
32
32
4
26
30
42
55
9
106
12
37
49
24
36
22
12
18
112- -

329
NURSES
AIDS

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0

1
JANITORS
MAIDS

1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
0
2
3
4
7
1
1
2
0
0
4

17
TOTAL
STAFF

95
63
158
48 .
77
125
93
90
12
195
100
116
216
.46
57
30 '
13
20
L66

960
VOLUNTEERS
STUDENTS

34
164
198
74
154
228
136
76 .-.
-
212
164
216
380
15
36
-
.
„
51

1069

-------
                                Table  A-4 Mean daily waste production
                          HOSPITAL
                       Mon-Fri.   Sat.-Sun.
     BASIC SCIENCES
Mon.-Fri.    Sat.-Sun.
      MEDICAL CENTER
Mon.-Fri.   Sat.-Sun.
Bed Patients
Out Patients


Professional & Staff
Volunteers & Students
Gross Population*
Average 8 Hour**
Population Census


402
376
1201
142
2121
912
Equivalent Population***
Disposable Waste
Ib./Bed Patient
Ibs. /Person-Gross
Ibs . /Capi ta-Equiv
Reusable Wastes
Ibs. /Bed Patient
Ibs. /Person-Gross
Ibs . /Cam" t--Fmiiv.
Total Wastes
Ibs. /Bed Patient
Ibs. /Per son- Gross
Ibs./Capita-Equiv


Pop.
. Pop.


Pop.
Pnn.


Pop. '
. Pop.

8.2
1.6


24.0
4.5


32.1
6.1

379
65 K'.O
625
34
1103
609
825
3300


4.0
9630


11 -7
12930


15.1


8
3


25
8


34
11



.7
.0


.4
.7


.1
.7

8(.0
10(>9
23'-9
61.3
473
1400
..
37
3.0
510
•
0.2
1 .1
1910
..
39
4.0
402
496
2061
1211
4170
1575


11
1


25
2


36
. 3



.7
.1


.2
.4


.9
.6

1298
4700


3.6
10140


7.8
14840


11.4
379
65
625
34
1103
609


12.
4.


26.
9.


39.
13.



4
3


7
2


2
5

  *  Sum of Patients, Out Patients,  Doctors,  Staff an<; Volunteers
 **  Sum of Patients plus 1/3 (sum of staff,  volunte^t, and 1/2 out patients)
***  Equivalent Population Equals 5/7 M-F census plus 2/7  S-S census

                           Formulas Based on Los Ang2 es County Study (32)
                                                                                                        00

-------
                                                                                oo
Table A-5  Solid waste production rate calculations
                 (Monday-Fr .day)
UNIT

MATA.
PSYC.
8th
GMED.
GMED.
7th
FED.
GYN.
6th
SURG.
SURG.
5th
OB.
ORTH.
ORTH.
OR.
1C.
3rd.
MEAN
WEIGHT
25.2
29.4
54.6
93.2
89.8
183.0
103.7
90.2
193.9
203.5
179.1
38? -6
96.2
74.8
94.2
191.3
110.0
470.3
PATIENTS

10
24
34
43
47
90
41
44
85
46
46
92
15
21
38
19
8
86
PAID
STAFF
19
28
47
53
67
120
75
63
138
52
57
109
37
28
40
79
43
190
VOLUNTEERS
STUDENTS
3
9
12
2
2
4
12
3
15
1
2
3
9
3
4 ;
0
1
8
GROS:;
POPULATION
32
61
93
98
116
214
128
110
238
99
105
204
61
52
82
93
52
284
EQUIVALENT
POPULATION*
17.3
36.3
53.7
61.3 -
60.0
121.3
70.0
66.0
136.0
63.7
65.7
129.3
30.3
31.3
53.7
45.3
22.7
153.0
LBS.PER
PATIENT
2.5
1.2
1.6
2.2
1.9
2.0
2.5
2.1
2.3
4.4
3.9
4.2
6.4
3.6
2.5
10.0
13.8
5.5
LBS.PER
GROSS POP.
0.8
0.5
0.6
1.0
0.8
0.9
0.8
0.8
0.8
2.1
1.7
1.9
1.6
1.4
1.1 -
2.0
2.1
1.7
LBS.PER
EQUIV. POP.
1.5
0.8
1.0
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.4
1.4
3.2
2.7
3.0
3.2
2.4
1.8
4.2
4.8
3.1

-------
Table A-5 Continued)
UNIT

X-RAY
BLAB.
REGM.
ENT.
CP.
EMG.
2nd
ER.
CLN.
ADMN.
CAFE.
GIFT.
1st
GRND.
DIET.
KITN.
GRND.
PHCY.
LAUN.
CENT.
COBT.
ALF.
BASE.

MEAN
VEIGHT
77.0
231.1
11.1
8.8
33.6
1.7
363.3
32.5
66.4
82.8
25.0.
14.4
223.1
128.0
40.3
1412.0
1580.3
30.4
41.7
98.3
5.1
15.8
191.2

PATIENTS PAID

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
65
311
0
0
0
376
0
0
402
402
0
0
0
0
0
0

Equivalent
STAFF
35
46
12
20
29
4
146
29
113
66
6
2
216
25
27
73
125
8
25
9
7
24
73

Population
VOLUNTEERS
STUDENTS
22
16
0
2
5
D
45
1
19
20
0
6
46
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
.. 0

= patients -
GRCS
> EQUIVALENT
POPULATION ' POPULATION*
57
62
12
22
34
4
191
95
443
86
6
8
638
25
27
73
125
8
25
9
7
24
73
1/2 ou
f
19.0
20.7
4.0
JZ-3
11.3
1.3
63.7
20.8
95.8
278.7
2.0
2.7
150.0
8.3
9.0
426.3
443.7
2.7
8.3
3.0
2.3
8.0
24.3
LBS.PER
PATIENT
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0.5
0.2
0
0
0
0.6
0
0
3.5
3.9
0
0
0
0
0
0
LBS.PER
GROSS POP.
1.4
3.7
0.9
0.4
1.0
0.4
1.9
0.3
0.2
1.0
4.2
1.8
0.3
5.1
1.5
193.4
12.6
3.8
1.7
10.9
0.7
0.7
2.6
LBS.PER
EQUIV. .POP.
4.1
11.2
2.8
1.2
3.0
1.3
5.7
1.6
0.7
2.9
12.5
5.3
1.5
15.4
4.5
3.3
3.6
11.3
5.0
32.8
2.2
2.0
7.9
-.patients + paid staff + volunteer
3


»-•
                                                                 CO
                                                                 en

-------
186
                   Table  A-6 Soiled linen quantities
                            Weight in pounds
DATE
1968
June 24
June 25
June 26
June 27
June 28
June 29
June 30
Total
Mean
July 22
July 23
July 24
July 25
July 26
July 27
July 28
Total
Mean
Mar. 10
Mar. 11
Mar. 12
Mar. 13
Mar. 14
Mar. 15
Mar. 16
Total
Mean

WEIGHT
10,750
6,345
7,520
7,128
6,555
5,250


43,548
7,258
9,950
8,360
7,200
8,700
8,780
6,970


49,960
8,327
10,890
6,737
6,631
8,795
7,945
6,792


47,790
7,965
DATE
1968
June 1
June 2
June 3
June 4
June 5
June 6
June 7
Total
Mean
July 29
July 30
July 31
Aug. 1
Aug. ?
Aug. 3
Aug. 4
Total
Mean
Apr. 28
Apr. 29
Apr. 30
May 1
May 2
May 3
May 4
Total
Mean

WEIGHT
8,400
6,600
6,100


9,300
7,250


37,650
7,530
10,215
7,687
8,075
7,955
8.045
6,045


48,022
8,004
11,650
7,100
8,036
8,410
7,705
6,327


49,228
8,205
DATE
1968
July 8
July 9
July 10
July 11
July 12
July 13
July 14
Total
Mean
Feb. 10
Feb. 11
Feb. 12
Feb. 13
Fob. 1.4
Feb. 15
Feb. 16
Total
Mean
May 5
May 6
May 7
May 8
May 9
May 10
May il
Total
Mean

WEIGHT
10,035
7,850
7,835
8,000
6,635
5,570


46,235
7,706
10,725
7,790
7,150
8,332
7.QIA
7,550


49,461
8,244
.'10,285
6,780
7,189
7,470
7,222
6,710


45,656
7,609

-------
                    Table A-6  (continued).
                                                              187
 DATE
   WEIGHT
 DATE
   WEIGHT
Jan. 68
Feb. 68
Mar. 68
Apr. 68
May 68
June 68
July 68
Aug. 68
Sep. 68
Oct. 68
Nov. 68
Dec. 68
192,692
188,612
208,543
211,488
212,569
183,801
208,712
208,156
190,562
210,604
196,227
177,597
Jan. 69
Feb. 69
Mar. 69
Apr, 69
May 69
June 69
July 69
Aug. 69
Sep. 69
Oct. 69
Nov. 69
Dec. 69
204,292
195,166
202,454
206,594
194,163
189,222
211,103
199,373
197,723
206,957
181,777
196,295
Total
2,389,563
Total
2,385,069

-------
188
                                 APPENDIX B




            Appendix  B consists  of the Chemical Test Procedures

-------
                                                                              189
                            TEST FOR MOISTURE
                            (Oven Drying Method)
Equipment;
     Drying oven
     Large glass desiccator  (250mm  sufficient)
     Sample containers  (covered aluminum cans)
     A balance (graduated to 0.1 grams sufficient)

Procedure;

     1.  Preheat drying oven to 103°C.

     2.  Duplicate samples of 50 -  100 grams of freshly ground refuse are
         placed in tared sample containers and immediately cover.  (1) Remove
         and discard inorganic materials such as glass, metal, and ceramics
         before grinding; (2) Do not pack the material.

     3.  Weigh the samples to the nearest decigram (0.1 gm) within one hour.

     4.  Dry the material to a constant weight being sure to have the
         container lid cocked off.  Note:  the oven temperature should be
         75°C, unless removal of volatile constituents such as ammonia-N
         and liquids are desired, in such case the oven temperature should be
         raised to 103°C.

     5.  Allow samples to dry for 48 hours.

     6.  Cool samples in dry area or desiccator and then weigh.

Calculation;
                                    100 (loss in weight)
     Percent moisture (wet basis) =   (net wet welght)

-------
190
                         VOLATILE SOLID AND ASH TEST

  Equipment:

       Drying oven
       Analytical balance
       Desiccator
       Procelain crucibles  (high form)
       Muffle furnace with  indicating pyrometer and rheostat
              temperature control

  Procedure:

       1.  Transfer 3 to 6  grams of dried and ground sample to a previously
           ignited and tared crucible.

       2.  Re-dry samples for 2 hours at 75°C and weigh to nearest centrigram
           (0.01 gm)

       3.  Place the crucibles in a cold muffle furnace and gradually bring
           the temperature  to 600°C with door raised about 1/2 inch.

       4.  Muffle at 600°C  for 2 hours.

       5.  Cool in a desiccator and weigh.

  Calculations:

       (a)  Percent ash =

                100 (tared  sample left after firing)
                        (net dry weight)

       (b)  Percent volatile solids = 100 - percent ash

-------
                                                                              191
                      TEST FOR GROSS CALORIFIC VALUE

Equipment;

     Parr oxygen bomb calorimeter  (adiabatic calorimeter)
     Parr oxygen double valve bomb
     Parr automatic electric water heater
     Parr ignition unit (transformer type)
     Parr metal combustion capsules
     Support stand for oxygen bomb heads
     Parr oxygen filling connection
     Oxygen cylinder (standard commercial or medical grade whichever
                                         is more convenient)
     Analytical balance
     Pressure regulator (standard commercial)

Reagents:

     Distilled water
     Sodium carbonate solution, 0.0725N: dissolve 3.84 grams of Na«CO, in
         distilled water and dilute to one liter
     Sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide solutions of the same normality
         are acceptable
     Methyl orange or methyl red indicator

Procedure;

     1.  Attach a single length of 10 centimeters of standard fuse wire
         between the electrodes of the oxygen bomb head.

    *2.  Weigh 0.8 to 1.2 grams (never more than 1.5) of the redried sample
         directly into a metal combustion capsule.  Place the capsule in the
         loop holder on the bomb head and bend the center of the fuse wire
         down so that it is set slightly above the surface of the material in
         the capsule.

     3.  Put I milliliter of distilled water in the bomb from a pipette; put
         the bomb head into the cylinder; Place contact ring above the sealing
         gasket; screw the cap down firmly by hand.

     4.  Attach the filling connection to the bomb inlet valve and slowly
         admit oxygen to between 25-30 atmosphere gage pressure at room
         temperature.  Note:  If too much oxygen should accidently be
         introduced,  do not proceed with combustion,  exhaust the bomb.

    *5.  Fill the calorimeter bucket with 2,000 grams (-1- or - 0.5 grams) of
         distilled water,  which may be measured volumetrically instead of
         weighing if it is always done at the same temperature.  Note:  The
         temperature of water should be 3°  or 4° below that of the room.

     6.  Set the filled bucket in the calorimeter jacket: lower the bomb into the
         water,  taking care to avoid jarring or disturbing the contents.  Attach
         the thurst terminal to the bomb electrode and shake back into the
         bucket  all drops of water adhering to the fingers.

-------
192
       7.  Swing the cover on the jacket with the thermometer toward  the  operator.
           Lower the cover into position, using care to avoid striking  the  thermo-
           meter against anything.  Put on the rubber drive belt  and  start  the
           motor.   (Should turn at 150 clockwise revolutions per  minute;  most
           motors are pre-adjusted to this speed)

       8.  Run the motor for 5 minutes to attain thermal equilibrium  but  do not
           record temperatures during this period.  Adjust the  thermometer  read-
           ing lens and be prepared to take temperature readings  as soon  as
           equilibrium is indicated by a slow, uniform rise.

       9.  Then press the botton on the ignition unit to fire the charge  at the
           start of the sixtieth  minute, recording the exact time and  temperature
           at the firing point.

      10.  After the period of rapid rise (about 4 or 5 minutes after firing)  adjust
           the reading lens and record the temperatures to the  nearest  0.01°F when
           the reading has been constant for 5 minutes.  Usually  the  temperature will
           reach a maximum then drop slowly.

      11.  The net rise is equal to the difference between the  initial  temperature
           at the time of firing and the final maximum temperature developed in
           the calorimeter.

      12.  After completing the readings, stop the motor, remove  the  belt,  and
           swing the cover from the jacket; wipe the thermometer  bulb with  a clean
           cloth to remove any water, and set the cover on the  support  stand;
           disconnect the firing connection from the bomb terminal.

      13.  Lift  the bomb out of the bucket and relieve all residual  pressure.

      14.  After all pressure has been relieved, remove the cap,  lift out the  bomb
           head and place it on the support stand.  Examine the interior  of the
           bomb for soot or other evidence of incomplete combustion,  and discard
           the test if any is found.

      15.  Wash all interior surfaces of the bomb with a jet of distilled water
           and quantitatively collect the washings in a beaker.   Titrate with
           0.0725N alkali solution, using methyl orange or methyl red.  Save the
           solution remaining after titration for determining the sulfur content
           of the sample.

      16.  Carefully remove all unburned pieces of fuse wire from the bomb
           electrodes, straighten them and measure their combined length  in
           centimeters.  Subtract this length from the initial  10 centimeters,
           and enter this value on the data sheet as the net amount of  wire
           burned.
      17.  Repeat the same procedure for each succeeding test.

  *  Indicates changes made in the original testing procedures.

-------
                                                                            193
               tS    i S°Uld ^ aVaUable " the --pletion of a
            test using the calorimeter.

        Time of firing


                                         temPerature "-ch.. 60 percent of
       H,» r-a^a   f  .    -  °f period (after the temperature rise)  in which
       the rate  of  temperature change has become  constant.

 ta  = Temperature  at  time  of firing.

 tc  = Temperature  at  time  of temperature attaining  constant.

 rj.  - Rate at which temperature was  rising during the 5  minute  period before
       firing (degree  F per  minute)

 r2  = Rate at which the  temperature was  falling during the 5 minute period
       after time C (degrees F per minute).   If the  temperature was rising
       instead of falling after time C, subtract the quantity r0  (c-b)
       instead of adding  it  when computing the correct temperature rise.

 Cx  = Millilitera of  0.0725N  alkali solution used in the acid titration.

 C,,  = Percentages of  sulfur  in the sample.

 Cj  = Centimeters of  fuse wire consumed  in firing.

 W   = Energy equivalent of  the calorimeter (supplied by the manufacturer)
       in calories per degree Fahrenheit.   (1356 cal/F°)

 m   = Mass  of sample   in grams.

 t    = tc -  ta -  r:  (b-a)  + r2 (c-b)


 e^   =  GI if  0.0725N alkali  was used  for titration.

 e2   =  (14) C2  (n)

 e.j   =  (2.3)  (Cg) when  using Parr 45C10 nickle - chromium  fuse wire or

     =  (2.7)  (C_) when  using No. 34 B  6 X  gage iron fuse wire.

Hg   * Gross calorific  value

Hg   - tw - e1 - e2  - e3

      	,  calories  per
            m
      calories per gram  (1.8) = B.T.U. per pound

-------
194
                               TEST FOR SULFUR
  Equipment:
       Parr  oxygen bomb calorimeter
       Oxygen cylinder  (standard  commercial)
       Pressure regulator  (standard  commercial)
       Steam bath or hot plate
       Crucibles
       Muffle furnace  (600 to 900°C)
       Drying oven
       Desiccator
       Analytical balance
       beakers  (400 ml  and 250  ml)
       Filter paper-ashless (Whatman 41  and 42)
       Fluted watch glasses
       Volumetric pipettes
   Reagents:
        Wash Water
        Methyl  orange  indicator:  one  milliliter  saturated  solution of methyl
            orange  indicator  per  liter  of  distilled water
        Concentrated ammonium hydroxide
        Concentrated hydrochloric acid
        Saturated bromine  solution
        Barium  chloride  solution  (10  percent)
   Procedure:
        1.   Collect  the bomb washings  following (see  test  for  gross calorific value)
            the combustion of a sample not  weighing more than  one gram.   Note:  If
            the sample has not been used  for  a  calorimetric test,  allow the bomb
            to stand in a water bath at least ten minutes  after firing.

        2.   Release  the residual gases slowly and at  an even rate so that the
            pressure is reduced to atmosphere in  not  less  than one minute.

        3.   Wash all the interior parts of  the  calorimeter with wash water and
            collect  the washings in a  beaker  or Erlenmeyer flask (250 ml is
            sufficient).  Note:  Wash  until no further acid reaction is  observed
            and be sure to add all precipitate  to the beaker-

        4.   Titrate  the washings with  standard  sodium carbonate solution (0.0725N,
            see test for gross calorific  value) to determine the acid correction.

        5.   After neutralization, add  one milliliter  of NH.OH  (concentrated
            ammonium hydroxide), heat  the solution to boiling, and filter through
            rapid filter paper (Whatman #41)  into a 600 or 400 milliliter beaker.

        6.   Wash the filter paper and  residue with hot distilled water.

-------
                                                                              195
     7.   Add sufficient water to the beaker to bring the total volume of solution
         to approximately 250 milliliters.

     8.   Neutralize the solution with concentrated HC1 and add two milliliters
         in excess.  Note:  Approximately three milliliters will be sufficient.

     9.   Add ten milliliters of saturated bromine water.

    10.   Evaporate the solution to approximately 200 milliliters on a hot plate
         or other source of heat.

    11.   Add ten milliliters of 10% barium chloride to the solution slowly
         while stirring.

    12.   After two minutes of stirring, cover the beaker with a fluted watch
         glass and reduce the volume to 75 milliliters on a hot plate or other
         source of heat.

    13.   Allow the precipitate to settle and cool.  Note:  Cooling period may be
         from one to twelve hours depending on the sample being tested.

    14.   Filter the barium sulfate precipitate through ashless filter paper
         (Whatman #42).

    15.   Wash the filter paper with warm water until you are sure it is free of
         chlorides.

    16.   Transfer the filter paper containing the precipitate to a previously
         dried and weighed crucible.

    17.   Dry and char the filter paper at low heat without flaming.

    18.   Place the crucible containing the filter paper in a muffle furnace
         and raise the temperature to 600°C.

         Note:  Allow the crucible to stay in the muffle furnace for 2 hours
                after the 600°C temperature has been reached.

    19.   Cool in desiccator until room temperature is reached.

    20.   Re-weigh the crucible.

    21.   Determine weight of the barium sulfate precipitate .

Calculations:

                      weight of BaS04 X 13.734
     Percent Sulfur = 	——	—••  , 	
                         weight of sample

-------
196
                             TEST FOR  PHOSPHORUS
  Equipment:
       Micro Kjeldahl  flasks
       Fume hoods
       Volumetric  flasks
       Spectrophotometer  or calorimeter
            (equipped with a light  filter with maximum transmittance  near 625
            to 675 millimicrons)
       Drying  oven
       Desiccator
       Analytical  balance
       Columetric  pipettes
   Reagents:
        Sulfuric  acid  (93  to 96  percent  H2S04)
        Concentrated nitric  acid
       *Perchloric acid (70  percent)
        Ammonium  molybdate solution:   dissolve  5  grams  of  ammoniumi molybdate
            in 10 milliliters of concentrated sulfurnic acid  and  make up to
            one liter
        Elon solution:   dissolve 10 grams  of elon in one liter  of 3 percent
            NaHS03
        Standard  potassium dihydrogen phosphate solution:
            dissolve  1.917 grams of pure dry KH2PO^ in  water  and  dilute to one
            liter.  (One milliliter of this solution is equivalent to 1 milligram
            of P205)

   Procedure:

        1.   Weigh out  approximately 0.5  grams of  redried sample in, previously
            dried and  tared  sample container.

       *2.   Transfer  the sample  to a micro Kjeldahl flask  and add about 2 milliliters
            of concentrated  HN03, 2 milliliters of perchloric acid,  and 1 milliliter
            of concentrated  H2SO,.

        3.   Heat  slowly at first and then  strongly until the  solution becomes clear.

        4.   Cool  rinse into a flask and  make up to 100  milliliters.

        5.   Pipette 1  milliliter (or any suitable aliquot) of this solution into a
            test  tube,  add 3 milliliters of molybdate solution and 1 milliliter of
            elon  solution, (5 milliliters  total volume)

        6.   Pipette a  measured portion of  standard phosphate  solution into a test
            tube, add  the same amount of molybdate and  elon solution and dilute
            to the mark with water.

   indicates changes  made in the original test procedures.

-------
                                                                              197
     7-   Mix the sample and standard thoroughly and allow to stand  for  30 minutes.

     8.   Read and compare samples in a calorimeter.

Calculations:

     Say X ug is the concentration read from the calorimeter.
         1 ml. contains X ug
       100 ml.         100 ug

     This 100 ml. has been extracted from 0.5 grams of sample
         0.5 grams contains 100 C ug

         100X   100 gms.
         0.5  X 106

      _ X%
        50

-------
198
                    PROCEDURE FOR CARBON-HYDROGEN ANALYSIS
  Equipment:

       Carbon Combustion Train - The apparatus consists of  the  following units
  arranged as listed in the order of passage of oxygen from the  cylinder.

       (a)  Coarse Needle Valve -- The coarse needle valve  is used  to  regulate
            a rough flow of oxygen through the system.

       (b)  Oxygen Purifying Train -- The purifying train consists  of  three
            units in the following order:

            (1)  Preheater -- The oxygen, before entering the combustion tube,
                 is purified by passing  it through a silica tube" filled  with
                 copper oxide (wire form).  The correct temperature for  the
                 preheater is 750°C which is controlled by  a Steples input
                 control variac.

            (2)  Water absorber -- A U-tube filled with drierite is used as  an
                 absorber of water that may exist in the oxygen.

            (3)  Carbon dioxide absorber — A U-tube filled with ascarite  is
                 used to absorb carbon dioxide in oxygen directly from the
                 cylinder.

       (c)  Fine Needle Valve -- A fine needle valve is used for adjustment  of
            the oxygen flow through the  system.

       (d)  Flow Meter — Used to permit a volumetric measurement of flow of
            oxygen during analysis.  The flow rates are 50  - 75  nil  per minute
            or 2 - 3 bubbles per second  in the bubbler at the end of the train.

       (e)  Combustion Unit -- The combustion unit consists of  three electrically
            heated furnace sections.  Each section is individually  controlled  by
            two dials labeled "coarse" and "fine".
                 Furnace Section 1 — This furnace section,  nearest the  oxygen
            inlet end of the combustion  tube, is approximately  12 inches long
            and is used to heat the inlet end of the combustion  tube and the
            sample.  It is capable of rapidly attaining an  operating temperature
            of 850° to 900°C.

                 Furnace Section 2 — This section is approximately 8  inches in
            length and is used to heat that portion of the  combustion  tube that
            is filled with copper oxide.  The operating temperature .is 850°  + 20°C.

                 Furnace Section 3 -- This section is approximately 4  inches long and
            is used to heat that portion of the combustion  tube  filled with  fused
            lead chrornate.

-------
                                                                               199
     (f)  Combustion tube -- The combustion tube is a high temperature silica
          tube packed with copper oxide and fused lead chromate which aid in
          the oxidation of gases flowing  through the tube.  The filling also
          contains copper metal.

     (g)  Combustion Boat -- The boats are approximately 70 x 8 x 8 mm and are
          of porcelain material with micro carbon content.

     (h)  Absorption train -- The absorption train consists of two Nesbitt
          absorption bulbs.  The first bulb is filled with drierite for removal
          of water and the second, ascarite for C02 absorption.

     (i)  Water Bubbler — A 100 ml. bubbler is connected to the ascarite
          Nesbitt bulb.  The bubbler is constructed in such a manner that glass
          tubing is submerged in water in the bubbler.  This gives the operator
          some idea of the flow through the combustion train.  The average flow
          should be 50 to 70 ml. per minute or 2 to 3 bubbles per second.

Reagents and Accessory Equipment:

     Tank of highly purified carbon dioxide
     Ascarite
     Drierite
     Analytical Balance
     Dessicator
     Combustion Rake

Procedure:

     To begin a series of analysis, attach all Nesbitt bulbs in correct positions
and regulate the oxygen by adjusting needle valves to the corresponding combustion
train.  Adjust the flow of oxygen to 50 - 70 ml./min. or 2 - 3 bubbles per second,
which is the correct flow for analysis.

     After regulating the oxygen, energize heater section 2 to 850 + 20°C and
section 3 to 500 + 50&C.  It will take about 90 minutes to reach these temperatures.
When the temperatures are reached, they will be maintained throughout the entire
procedure.

     Remove the Nesbitt bulbs from the train,  wipe them with a clean cloth and
cool them to room temperature.  While these are cooling,  the sample can be weighed
in the combustion boat and placed in a dessicator.  (Refuse samples are weighed
to 0.2 gram).  After the Nesbitt bulbs have cooled,  open the bulbs for a moment
to allow them to reach atmospheric pressure, weigh them,  and replace them to the
correct positions on the combustion train.  Transfer the combustion boat containing
the sample to the transparent section of the combustion tube.

     A rod called a comb, rake is used to remove the combustion boats and to place
them in their correct positions in the combustion tube.  Furnace section 1 is
energized and moved from the left end of the track to cover about half of the boat
containing the sample.  If furnace section 1 has been cooling from a previous test,
its temperature should be below 200°C. before another test is started.  The temper-
ature is gradually increased to 850 to 900°C.  so that the sample burns slowly and
evenly.   If the sample is highly volatile cooling to room temperature may be re-
quired.

-------
200
       During this time,  furnace section 1 is moved slowly toward furnace section
  2 until the sample is completely covered by furnace section 1.  (This process
  takes about 40 to 50 minutes for a refuse sample).  After full heat is reached,
  hold in this position for 15 minutes.  Furnace section 1 is then returned to the
  starting position and its temperature is reduced to the starting position and  its
  temperature is reduced to below 200°C.  The oxygen flow is continued for at least
  15 to 20 minutes or longer if water vapor exists in the tubing at the end of the
  combustion tube.  The Nesbitt absorption bulbs are closed under pressure and removed
  from the train and placed near a balance for 15 to 20 minutes and then wiped clean
  with a lint free cloth.  The Nesbitt bulbs are vented momentarily and their weights
  are recorded.  Calculate the percent carbon and hydrogen.  The percent ash can also
  be determined by weighing the combustion boat again and calculating the weight of
  ash.

  **The temperatures and combustion fillings for each combustion section were obtained
  from The American Society of Testing Materials, Book of A.S.TlM. Standards, Part
  5 (Philadelphia: The Society 1952).
  Calculations:
       % carbon =
                               MW of C x 100
wt. increase of C02 absorber x MW of C02
               sample weight
                  wt. increase of CC>2 absorber x 27.29
                             sample weight

                  wt. increase of water absorber x
   7, hydrogen   =
                                 2 xMW of H x 100
                                 MW of H20
       7. ash
              sample weight
wt. increase of water absorber x 11.17
            sample weight
wt. of ash x 100
 sample weight

-------
                                                                               201
          PROCEDURE FOR OPERATION OF COLEMAN NITROGEN ANALYZER II


 I.   Sample Preparation

      a.   Add the proper amount of sample to a previously weighed combustion boat
          and weigh to determine amount of sample.   Amount of sample used should
          depend on the theoretical yield of nitrogen of sample.   Consider 1 mg
          nitrogen displaces 1000 microliters in the analyzer.  Samples sized to
          release between 12-15,000 microliters give best results.   Combustion
          boat should then be filled with Cuprox fires to give good reagent-
          sample mixture.

      b.   Fill a Quartz Combustion Tube to the top  of the trademark with Cuprox,
          the trademark being at the end upper.  Tap the tube to  settle the
          Cuprox to the bottom of the trademark.

      c.   Turn the tube until it is horizontal and  carefully insert  the loaded
          sample boat into the open end.  Slide or  push the boat  without spilling
          it's contents, until it reaches the Coleman trademark.

      d.   After the boat is introduced add enough Cuprox to just  cover  the combustion
          boat.  Tap the tube gently to integrate the contents of the combustion
          boat and Cuprox.

      e.   Raise the open end to an angle 60-70° with horizontal and add Cuprox
          to within 3/4" from the top of the tube.   Tap or vibrate  to eliminate
          spaces.

II.   Machine Preparation

      a.   Connect the side arm and central capillary tubes to the inlet and syringe
          tubing with the spring clamps.

      b.   Turn the C02 tank valve on, adjust the Regulator to 12  psi and then
          open the line.  If the pressure gauge on  the front panel  of the machine
          does not read 12 psi,  adjust by the regulator gauge.

      c.   Turn the line switch on and the upper and lower furnace controls to 3;
          the post heater control to 10.  Allow at  least 20 minutes for the furnaces
          to warm up.  Upper and lower furnaces should read 700°C and the post
          heater should read 600°C.

      d.   Insert the combustion tube by placing the upper end firmly against the
          upper tube support and riase the upper support against  its spring until
          the lower end of the tube can be slipped  into the opening of  the lower
          support.  Release of the upper support will firmly clamp the  tube in
          place.

      e   Adjust  the  meniscus level  of  liquid  in the nitrometer  to  the calibration
          mark  of the central capillary tube.   Great care must be used  in doing this
          to  avoid  running  the caustic  liquid  above  the  o-ring connection to  the
          syringe.   Final adjustment  must be made with  the  manual  fine  adjust  wheel.
          It  is  also  imperative  that  the  readout counter  never be driven  above
          50  000    This will  permanently  damage the  syringe.   Proper level and counte
          reading can be  obtained  by  aid  of  the vent control.  Take the  reading on
          the counter.

-------
202
       f.  Record the syringe temperature and the barometric pressure.

       g.  Turn the combustion cycle control to the start segment line and allow
           the automatic combustion cycle to proceed.

       h.  After the cycle is complete, readjust the causticon level and record
           the readout counter setting.

           Record the temperature (if the temperature rise is more than .8°C  the
           test in results are void.  This is usually avoided by running 3 to 4
           blank cycles at the beginning.  The barometric pressure is assured to
           remain unchanged during the test run.  These are the data used in
           calculating the 7. yield.

           A blank must be run prior to testing to determine the volume of
           unabsorbed gas which appears as a result of a combustion cycle, but
           which originates from other sources other than a weighed sample.

  NOTE:  These are only the basic essentials of operation and do not cover much of
         the preparation of the machine and reagents.  One should read the instruc-
         tion manual to gain full understanding of the machine.

  Equipment:

       Coletnan Nitrogen Analyzer II
       Tank of highly purified C02
       Mercury Barometer,  accurate and readable to 0.5 mm Hg.
       Analytical Balance
       Coleman aluminum combustion boats
       Coleman quartz combustion tube and quartz postheater  tube
       Dessicator
       Tweezers
       Glass rod 7/16" x 15"

  Reagents:

       Coleman CUPROX  or  CUPROX Platinum Catalyst
       Coleman CUPRIN
       Coleman CAUSTICON (KOH)
       Mercury

-------
                                                                                 203
F.  Calculation
 1.  Record the observed volume of nitrogen, V0
            V.=Obscrved N Volume
            Ri=Initial Counter Reading
            R2=Final Counter Reading


 2. Determine the corrected nitrogen volume, Vc (in
    microliters)
                                                                           Start     Finish
        V.=V.-(Vb + V.)	
            Vb=Volume of Blank (,J)               Counter  readings, Blank    500 fd    524^1
            V,= Volume correction for               Counter readings, Sample    524    U.207
                temperature (pA)                   tt  — 27.5°C
              =Ci(tj-tl)                         t2  -27.7°C
                C, from table 1                     V0 =17,207-524=16S83/il
                    (based  on final counter rf-ading)   y  	166S3 — (00°4 + C (t»	t )
                taandt,In'C(IV,D.4and6)       C I16683_ (0024 + 68 X 0.2 /
 3. Determine the corrected barometric pressure, Pc        = 16646 ^1
        fr—fn—(f^ + -p,)                          P. =750--11
            ?0=ouicrvecl barometric pressure            — • <-•••'
                (mmHg)                               739      16646
                v      °'                          %N=	 X 	
            Pb=barometric  temperature correction          300.7
                (TABLE 2)                          =3.68%
            PT=pressure correction for vapor  pres-
                sure of KOH from TABLE 3
    Note: An empirical approximation of (Pb + P,) =
    11.0 will be satisfactorily accurate for P0 between
    740 and 780 mm Hg and ryringe temperature 25
    and 32° C.

 4. Calculate % N from the formula:

        %N=4j- X  -^-X 0.0449

           T=Final Syringe Temperature in "Kelvin
              (°C + 273)
          W=:Samplc weight in milligrams.

    Example:
        P,=7.50mm Ilg
                ung

-------
20U
                                          TABLE 1
                               Volume Correction for Temperature
                                      Correction Factor
                                            (C.)
                                     (Microlitersper *C)

                             Final Counter               (Ct)
                               Reading             ( Nitrometers with
                             ( Microliters )             check valve )

                                  0                       12
                                 5000                     29
                                10000                     45
                                15000                     62
                                20000                     79
                                25000                     95
                                30000                    112
                                35000                    129
                                40000                    145
                                50000                    179
                               Volume correction, V, =Ct ( t2 — ^
                   TABLE 2                                     TABLE  3
      Barometric Temperature Correction (Pb)         Pressv. -e Correction (P,) for Vapor Pressure
                         P.(minHg)                              ofKOH
    Temperature     700-749        750-780         Temperature °C            Pr(mmHg)

    	     	       	               15                       4.1
         10            1-2            1.3                 20                       57
         IS            1.8            1.9                 25                       7.4
         20            2.3            2.5                 30                       9.6
         25            2.9            3.1                 35                      12.5
         30            3.5            3.7                 49                      16.5
         35            4.1            4.3

-------
                                                                            205
                              APPENDIX C
Appendix C consists of the Bacteriological and Virological Test Procedures

-------
 206
Phase I Analyses
                         Bacto-Plate Count Agar (0479)
     Tryptone Glucose Yeast Agar - This medium is recommended as a general  plating
medium for ascertaining bacterial populations.  The clarity of the medium and  the
increased size of the colonies permit the determination of bacterial counts with
ease.
     To rehydrate the medium, suspend 23.5 grams of 1000 ml of cold distilled
water.  Heat to boiling to dissolve completely.  Sterilize in autoclave for 15
minutes @ 15 psi (121°C).

                           Bacto- Nutrient Broth (B3)
     Bac to-Nutrient Broth is recommended for general laboratory use for the
cultivation of microorganisms that are not exacting in for requirements.
     To rehydrate the medium, dissolve 8 grams of Bacto- Nutrient Broth in 1000 ml
of distilled water.  Distribute in tubes (10 ml/tube) and sterilize in the
autoclave for 15 minutes at 15 pounds pressure (121°C).

                       Fluid Thioglycollate Medium (B256)
     Bacto-Fluid Thioglycollate Medium is recommended for the sterility test of
biologicals.  Also, it has been recommended as a liquid medium fpr the cultivation
of anaerobes.  •
     To rehydrate the medium, suspend 29.5 grams of Bacto-Fluid Thioglycollate
medium in 1000 ml distilled water, and heat to boiling to dissolve the medium
completely.  Then,  distribute into tubes, autoclave for 15 minutes @ 15 psi
                           Violet Red Bile Agar (B12)
     Bacto-Violet Red Bile Agar is recommended for the direct plate count of
coliform bacteria in water, milk dairy products and wastes.

-------
                                                                                  207
     To rehydrate medium,  suspend  41.5  grams  of Agar  in  1000 ml  of cold distilled




water and heat to boiling  to  dissolve medium  completely.  Cool to 40-44°C  and



pour plates.







                            Bacto MacConkey Agar (B75)




     Bacto-MacConkey Agar  is  a differential plating medium recommended for use  in




the detection and isolation of type  of  dysentery, typhoid and para-typhoid bacteria




for any material harboring these organisms.




     To rehydrate the medium, suspend 50 grams of Bacto-MacConkey Agar in  1000 ml




of cold distilled water and heat to  boiling to dissolve  the medium completely.




Sterilize by autoclaving for  15 minutes @ 15  pounds pressure (12i°C).  MacConkey




Agar inoculated the same day  as rehydrated may be used without autoclave steriliza-




tion.  Under these conditions the  medium need be heated  only to boiling to dissolve




it completely before pouring  into  petri dishes.






                               Mannitol Salt Agar




     Bacto-Mannitol Salt Agar is a selective medium for  the isolation of patho-




genic staphylococci.  Growth  of most bacteria other than staphylococci is inhibited




on this medium.  It is recommended for growth at 37°C for 36 hours.




     To rehydrate the medium  suspend 111 grams Bacto-Mannitol Salt Agar in 1000 ml




cold distilled water, and  heat to  boiling to dissolve the medium completely,




autoclave for 15 minutes @ 15 psi.






                              Blood Agar Base  (B45)




     Bacto-Blood Agar Base  is recommended as a base to which blood is added for




use in the isolation and cultivation of mainly fastidious pathogenic organisms.




Colonies of bacteria upon  this agar grow luxuriously and the hemolytic types exhibit




clear distinct degrees of hemolysis.

-------
 208
     To rehydrate the medium,  suspend 40 grams of Bacto-Blood Agar Autoclave for




15 minutes @ 15 psi.



     If blood Agar is to be prepared immediately, the sterile medium is cooled at




once to 45-50°C., and while still liquid, 5 percent sterile defribrinated sheep




blood is added aseptically with thorough mixing, avoiding incorporation of air




bubbles, and distributing into sterile plates.






                          Bacto-Cooke Rose Bengal Agar




     Cooke Rose Bengal Agar is a selective medium for the isolation of fungi.  To




rehydrate the medium, suspend 36 gr. Bacto-Cooke Rose Bengal Agar in 1000 ml




distilled water.  Heat to boiling to dissolve the medium completely and sterilize




in the autoclave for 15 minutes @ 15 pounds pressure (121°C).




     The selectivity of the medium was increased by the addition of:  (1) Penicillin




(1 ml for 500 ml media) and (2) Streptomycin (0.5 ml for 500 ml media).  Both of




these antibiotics are added to media after autoclaving with 2 ml syringes.






                          Hitis Salivarius Agar  (B298)




     Bacto-Mitis Salivarius Agar is for the isolation of Streptococcus Mitis S.




Salivarius. and Enterococci.  The final medium containing Bacto-Chapman Tellurite




Solution, is highly selective for these organisms making possible their isolation




from grossly contaminated specimens such as feces or exudates from different body




cavities.



     To rehydrate the medium, suspend 90 grams of Bacto-Mitis Salivarius Agar in




1000 ml cold distilled water and heat to boiling to dissolve the medium completely.




Sterilize in the autoclave for 15 minutes at 15  psi (121°C).  Cool to 50-55'C and




just prior to pouring plates add exactly 1.0 ml  of Bacto-Chapman Tellurite Solution.




Prepare plates with 25 ml medium per plate.  Do not heat the medium after the



addition of the Tellurite Solution.




     The preceding discussion of all types of agar is from the Difco Manual. 9th



Edition.

-------
TEST JOURNAL
                                                                   209
July 14,  1970


Sample:   Incinerator Room

          Ground to 2 mm

          - 1 gm + 9 ml (peptone phosphate diluent)

          r Diluted and plated 0.1 ml surface  spread

Inoculation:  10~3 - 10~8     4 plates  plate  count Agar

                               2 incubated Aerobically

                               2 Incubated Anaerobically

               10"1 - 10~b     1 plate each

                               Violet Red Bile Agar

                               MacConkey Agar

                               MS Agar

                               Mannitol  Salt Agar

                               Blood Agar

                               Cooke's Rose Bengal Agar


               0.5 gm of ground sample 4- flask of EE  Broth

               0,5 gm of ground sample + f.Iask of Aride Cactose  Broth

All  dilutions heated then heated @ 80-82V for 30 minutes  and  1 ml

inoculated into each of;

                               3 ThioglycoJlate Broth

                               3 Nutrient Broth
All Incubated
Microaerophillicly

-------
210
     July 15,  1970


          Only those plates were read that had colonies that ranged  from

     30-300.

                            Dilution
     Aerobic Plates  (2)

     Blood Agar




     MS
      VRB
      MacConkey
      MSA
10
10
-3
-4'
10-1

10-2



ID'2


10-2
10
                                 -4
          Total No.
          .of Colonies
            37. 53
                      Remarks
                      10"4, 10-5 (Reincubated)
         overgrown with Bacillus
51       4 Coeyne bacterium

         No Hemolytic Colonies

         Separate Colonies 5. Mjtis
       — (12 Colonies)
41       38 Black Colonies

         ID'2 (Reincubated)

60       25 large, pink
         Bacilli', Some streptococci

67       27 cocci-like
         BacilliJ, Some Streptococci

         4  Staphylococcl
         Too good for Bacilli
      Thioglycollate  10'1  - lO'5:  3(+),  -10~6;  2(+)  l(-),  10"7  1(+)  2(-),  10'8: 3(-)

      Nutrient Broth  10'1  - 1Q-5:  3(+),  10~6  2  (+) l(-), 10~7:  3(-), 10~8:  3(-)
          EE Broi:h  to VRB and MacC
          Azlde lactose Broth to MS and BA

-------
                                                                   211
July 15, 1970
  t
Pink colonies picked  (2)  from MacC  and  (2)  from  VRB  to  start  for

confirmation

                               Poss.  Coci
                               Less  Poss.  coci

                               Poss.  coci
                               Less  Poss.  coci

                               Poss.  entejcocci

                               Poss.  Streptococci


                               Staphylococci
Mac

VRB

MS

1
2
3
4
5
6
BAP
Rram

     MS:
        Black Colonies

        Deep Blue Colonies,
         Small

        Large Pale Blue
         Colonies
oval and (+) cocci     ? Enterococci

Round and Var. Sizes
                                     email  and  cocci
                                      short chains
                       ? Staph/Strep
     BAP     Very  small grey
             Med. White,  flat,
              smooth,  round

             Round,  shiny,  flat,
              yellowish
     PCA     Large,  Dull,  flat
              white

             Large,  dull,  flat,
              grey
                               small, irreg.(-l-)
                                rods

                               round  (+) cocci
                                large  (+) rods
                                very reg. width
                               large  (+) rods,
                               var.  length

                               long  (+) rods
                       ? Corynebact erium


                         Staph +1



                       - Bacillus


                         Bacillus

-------
212
           Juicy and Medium


           Very diffuse


           Very, reg. large

           Med. wrinkled
                              Mod.  size, reg. (+)       Bacillus
                              rods

                              Mod,  size, very reg (-)
                              rods                           ?

                              Mod.size,  (+)  rods        Bacillus

                              (+)  and (-) rods and         "
                              filamentous reg. width
        Therefore, Total Count - Mostly Bacillus
                                 5-10% Staphylocoecus
                                 5-10% Corym-bacterium
   Julv 16. 1970

        Anaerobic plates 10~4 look like aerobic CBacillus and Staph.)

        Aerobic plates overgorwn and discarded

        Plates for EE Broth and Azide Lactose Broth are  (+) cocci and fecal

        Strep. (Entracoccus)

        CRB 10'1'3   Total 59
                           19 ? Fumigatus
                            7 Yeast
July 20, 1970

     Standard anaerobic counts 7-14-70

               10"4 28.23

     XMoglycoilate  HT5: 3(+) 10~6:
                                            <-) 10~7: l(+) -  1.5  x l<)6/gm

        Nutrient Broth  10~5:  3(+)  10"6: 2^) 10~7: 0    -  9.3  x 105/gm

        Fungus  -  Alternaria, Phytomycetes
                   Blue-Green  Aspcrgillis. Pencillin Types
                   Yellow-Green  Aspergtllus

-------
                                                                   213
July 21, 1970

Samples (2)

     1.  Blood Bank

     2.  Incinerator Room

     Set up same as 7-14-70  except  1 anaerobic plate and no flasks of
EE Broth and Azide  Cactrose  Broth
                              Total No.
                    Dilution   of Colonies
Aerobic
  Sample No. 1(2)   10~3
         No.  2(2)   1(T4
           87,  110
           94,92
MacC
VRB
MS
BAP
10"! Pink
 24
 Total 97
 Except Bacillus

 lO"1 Pink
  13
  Total 64

10"1  23 Black
       7 Blue
      104 very mixed
          looked like
          Enterococcus
                    10
                      -4
         Remarks

         Mixed Bacillus with 5%
         Staphylococcus reincubated
         (10"J + 10-4)
         Mostly, regular flat mat
         colonies:  Bacillus

             2
             13
             53
             13

             52

             17 Black
             0 Blue
                                                 77 Predominate colonies
                                                   greenish and Hemolytic
                                                   BA
MSA
          Prciled colonies
          to lactose broth
                              13 Staph  like
(1)
                                33 Staph like
                      MacC 8
                      VRB 9, 10

-------
214
                                            (2) MacC 11,  12, 13
                                               VRB 14,  15, 16, 17
   (1)  N. Broth 10~4 3(+) 10~5 2(+) 1(T6 0(+)

        Thloglycollate 10"5 3(+)  10~6 2(+)   10~6 0(+)


   (2)  N. Broth 10"* 3(+)   10~5 2(+)  10"6  0(+)

        Thiogljcollate 10~5 3(+) 10~6 1(+)  10"7 0(+)

-------
                                                                    215
July  23,  1970






    Anaerobic  Counts               Dilution           Colonies



                          (1)         10-3               16




                         • (2)         ID'4               71






    Rose  Bengal          (1)         HT1               noid: 22




                                                      yeast: 20



                          (2)         10"1               mold: 110




                                                      yeast:  69






Colonies  picked to  Lactose  Broth  on  July 22, Read on July 24








   10.  	                        11.  	




   12.  gas...BGBLB  +            13.  Little gas... BGBLB   +




   14.  	                        15.  gas...BGBLB   +




   16.  	                        17.  	






Colonies  picked from July 14, all  lactose Bro'th (-)




   Triple Sugar Iron(TSI)




          1.  Acid & gas/butt & slant       2.  Alkaline slant,butt no




          3.  as  1                          4.  as 2






1.  M-S  Black  colonies	N.A. slant   f 18 &19




2.  M"S  Black  colonies	N.A. slant   0 20 & 21




].  B.A.  ? Staph.          N.A. slant   9 22




    B.A.  ? Staph.  citrius  N.A. slant   9 23




          ? B.   cercus       N.A. slant   6 24

-------
216
     July  25,  1970
        Aerobic  Counts  (after  15  hours)
                                        (3)



                                        (A)
                dilution
                  10
                                                     r2
                  10
                    -2
                                                   10
                                                     -3
                Colonies



                 10, 12



                     66



                      8
      M-S




      MSA




      MacC




      VRB




      B.A.
(3)
10
10
10
10
-1
no
-ino
-1
-1
growth
growth
17
25
10
10
ID
(4)
-1
-1
-1
lo-1
no
no
no
no
growth
growth
growth
growth
10
25
10
81
      July 27, 1970






         Cooke's Rose Bengal from July 21




         (1)  Yeasts, phycornycetes, Aspergillus, and green,velvet colonies




         (2)  Similar to (1)
      Cooke's Rose Bengal from July 24




         (3)  10" :  2 colonies
         (4)  10": 66 colonies
        above background




        2 as background
      (1)  Thioglycollate:   10   : 3+, 10"6: 2»-,  10"7:   3-




           Nutrient Broth:   10~  : 3+, 10   : 1+,  10~  :   3-
      (2)  Thioglycollate:   10~5:  3 + , lo"6:   1 +,   10~7:   3 -




           Nutrient Broth:   10~  :  3 +, 10   :   3 -

-------
                                                                    217
   Anaerobic PCA

       (1)   10~3 22  Bacillus

       (2)   10"4 76

       (3)   ID'2  9

       (4)   10~2 63


   Aerobic PCA
       (3)   10-2
               (a)
            13+1 mold
            5 bright yellow
            1 paleyellow
       (4)   1(T2    47,  70

         (3)
   BA   10"1-3
                                        (b)
                                      15+3 molds
                                      6  deep yellow
                                      ,5  pale yellow

                                      yeast
MacC

VRB

MSA

MS
10
          -1.3
10

10
  -1.3
  -1.3
10
  -1.3
            6(?) Strep
           19 Deep yellow colonies
            7 Corynebacterium, Molds
            Few Bacillus and cocci
           102 Total
16 Red_

17 Red

 5 Staph

 6 Black colonies
BA

MAC

VRB

MS

MSA
10
         -4
ID'1'3

10-*-3

10"1'3
             £9   ? Yeast

             No growth

             No growth

             No growth

               as B.A. + "CA.

-------
218
     3-1  Mod.  Flat shining - bright yellow colonies




             PCA, BA     Gram Stain      very small gm(-) rods




             Some on MSA




     3-2  Slightly larger than above - pale yellow colonies




             PCA, BA     Gram Stain      very small gm(-) rods




             Sone on MSA      HAS




     3-3  Enterccoccus - Like colonies - slightly green




             BA          Gram Stain      Streptococcus




     3-4  Pink colonies    Lactos Broth




     3-5                   VKB




     3-6  Pink colonies    Lactose Broth/ MacConkey




     3-7  Pink colonies    Lactose Broth/MacConkey




     3-8  Pink Colonies    Lactose Broth/MacConkey



     3-9  Black Colonies   MS        NAS






     4-1  Yeast like colonies on:  PCA, BA, MSA,  CRB •




                                   GM Stain       Budding Yeast



                                   NAS
     July 28,  1970




          Lactose Broth
3-4 through   3-8  all negative

-------
                                                                          219
 PCA  jj

 A3R«. f i
    	fr
 PCA
 ANA.
 B
•A. ||
 KSA
     1
 M-5  «V
 VRB
MacC.
      •iff
 CRB
     4
     r
THIC. J?,
N.B.
                         COI-OWY  COUNTS  ( lo£, .)



               HCT«5feaffl£5EJa»«fi^ffiSSO^
                                                           TOJCi*nl>rmLynjTBfv'-ifVfl
                               Figure C-l


                    HISTOGRAM  FOR BACTERIAL COUNTS TEST  0

-------
2t(C
                           COLONY COUNTS   (  I°g10)
               »-•     ro    VH      .P-    v/)     o>     *J

           *4»<*l^
-------
                                                                       221
PCA
 PCA
 ANA.
   ii
 B.A. iy
 KSA
 M-S
 VRB
THIC
N.B.
:lt
                  (U
                  '•••
                     COLONY COUNTS  (

                     Vx      *-     \j\

                                   y*i*>3

• 1
c* r

4
tB i

F
1
AU


y&xrS
w» Vt
ft

'j



\ '
. ft .
                              Figure C-3


                   HISTOGRAM FOR  BACTERIAL COUNTS TEST  2

-------
222
   -PCA
    ASS. 3
    B.A.
        I
    M_e  V
    VRB  H
   MacC.
    CRB
                          COLONY COUNTS  ( I°g10>
                          VM      •*-    W     C
                                   *^^
PCA jj
ANA. $j
; i
* *
~ :#'
y~
h
i
i

                               Figure C-4

                     HISTOGRAM FOR  BACTERIAL  COUNTS TEST 3

-------
                                                 223
           Figure  C-5
HISTOGRAM FOR BACTERIAL COUNTS  TEST 4

-------
224
                              Brewer Anaerobic Jar
                     Baltimore Biological Laboratory,  Inc.
                   Division of Becton,  Dickinson  and Company
          Use with Hydrogen

          Hydrogen is an explosive  gas  and all precautions must  be taken

     to avoid laboratory accidents.

          1.   After closing and sealing with  suitable material,  the jar

     is attached to the source of hydrogen by means of  a rubber  tube.

          2.   The hydrogen is  admitted  at a pressure of 1 to  2 pounds  per

     square inch.   No preliminary evacuation  is necessary.

          3.   Using Cite cord fuiuis'ufed, couuectiuu is made uitectiy to

     110-volt AC or DC current.

          4.   Maintain the hydrogen supply and the electrical connection

     for a period of thirty (30) minutes.

          5.   Pull out electric plug, tighten clamp on  rubber tubing,

     disconnect it, and place  the jar in the  incubator.

-------
                                           225
                  I rPlafinized catalyst

                  *-L	  ^Heating element" sealed

                               in solid brass tube
             \
5P°c*rn
for   uu
                          IB
Wire safefy J \\ !
            'Rubber tube
                                    -Plasticine goskz-f
      BREWER ANAEROBIC JAR
Figure C-6  Brewer Anaerobic Jar

-------
                                                                          ISJ
                                                                          ro
                                                                          CD
             Table C-l

Hospital Stations and  Sampling Dates
Station
Nunber
11
12
31
32
33
36
Sample
Number
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
Date of
Sample
10/5/70
10/14/70
10/19/70
11/16/70
1/18/71
1/25/71
10/19/70
10/21/70
10/28/70
9/30/70
10/26/70
11/9/70
9/30/70
11/2/70
2/8/71
10/5/70
11/11/70
12/9/70
function of Location
Station of Station
Emerge:ic y Rooms 1st Floor
Outpat:L« nt Clinics 1st Floor
Orthopec ics , Neurosurgery 3rd Floor
Orthopedics 3rd Floor
Intensive Care Unit, Recovery 3rd Floor
Operatirg Rooms 3rd Floor

-------
Table  C-l  (Continued)
Station
Nunber
41
51
52
61
62
71
Sample
Number
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
Date of
. Sample
11/16/70
11/18/70
12/2/70
10/14/70
10/21/70
11/4/70
10/7/70
11/18/70
12/9/70
10/12/70
11/4/70
12/7/70
12/2/70
12/7/70
1/12/71
11/9/70
11/11/70
1/28/71
Function of
Station
Maternity
Surgery, Cardio Vascular
Cart. Urology, Eye, Chest,
Burr Care
General Surgery
Gyuecology, Neurology,
Ears, Nose, and Throat
Pediatrics
General Medicine
Location
of Station
4th Floor
5th Floor
5th Floor
6th Floor
6th Floor
7th Floor
                                                               to

-------
Table  C-l   (Continued)
                                                                     to
                                                                     ro
                                                                     oo
Station
Number
72
82
83
Sample
Number '
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
Date of
Sample
10/7/70
1/21/71
1/28/71
10/26/70
10/28/70
11/2/ 70
10/12/70
1/21/71
1/25/71
Function of
Station
Seneral Medicine
Psychiatric Care
tetabolic Care
Location
of Station
7th Floor
8th Floor
8th Floor

-------
                             Bacterial  Counts  ^^«.^-j-J--;..-^:^J--_^^lA/-J-^L'.--rA a-/^---~. M*f_: J






      83  -







      62







      82
                    •


                    3
                                                                          10
                                                                                  II
               Figure C-7    Comparison  Of The Total  Microbial

                               Counts  For  15 Nursing  Stations

-------
230
                            Bacterial Counts




in
u

-------
                                                                              231
«A
fe
JO
c
0
iu

CO
CO
 in
 =>
z
 CL
 (A
                  Bacterial  Counts (Log|Q>

          3      4      5      6      7 •
          « ^i^flq
       51 -i
       II

        12

       36


       35

       31

       __ .1. ,11,-,,.:,._.i-.,w,_^iiiV ™
       -^ . i-.i i t -t^-n-i n-r a- 'I*'--*-- "•-''"T"
    AJh^f J tMl'"fai'l"frt' Vri'^ 'II I'll ^/B
52.

61 ^

71 -
        83
       62
       82
       4!  '
               L i <• iVa

              I. t tW^TWT-'
                                                             9 .
                                                                    10
 II
_J
                                 5
                                                      8
                                                              10
            Figure C-9   Comparison Of  The  Group  II Rnctcri;il
                           Counts  For  15  Nursing Slat Ions

-------
232
          10

          tu
          .0

          3
          C
          O
           n>
          *-•
          c/1

           O>
           C
          •r™
           in

           3
          •r-
           O.
           (SI
           O
                363
33


31'


32


51


52
 61.,


 71
 72
                 83J
                 62TI
                 82,
   Bacterial Counts

4567
                   - .- .^..r-^-^T^»y>,.l, ....y,^,.,^,,

                 4 I . —h-» -•r'l-i • V- lf~ ' -M-frfa •I'lU'l-irr a-j
                                                            8
                                                        10     n
                                 T

                                 4
                      7
                                            8
10     n
                       Figure C-IO  Comparison Of The  Group III  Bacterial
                                     Counts  For 15 Nursing Stations.

-------
                                                            233
               Bacterial Counts

               4     5     6     7
8-9     10     II




•

•
V)
0)
£

z

+-
CO
O)
10
D
Z
—
t'
V)
£









II "

12
36 :
33 .

31 .

32
C 1
7 1

P^

61
7 1
/ 1

72 1

OJ
C*) -
62
82 '

41 •

f

^'SSSS

*"' ..'.'?i~<5^j
!
-^>I5^^V,^i'-?i7'^2ft7r^,/ri,c.tf7i^'1i^^^

<^r' '" i.',"'''-2^S^ ' i^Tr"1i;f'S]?Iii?S''"?Ur'^'i':i'1^3

T^Tj .^'ii3'7\'^.Tiij-K-^r;ir'a^i'^"^}/5l

'.'JSt'/^Mi.T.'.i^lt ,^-'>.'>T*SSSi'.i.J52ri"i 'Sli

._.„ , , ,. -,.-y«,^ .i..™. ,-j.«,,,.,4_,j

^Jt; i^Tjl'M.'wj'L'4 rJ!""i?J:.^:SI



^iiz. j^u^w^ij^j^^iLii^l



•-, u il-,^-e,-..2,,.-,-J.:y:js<^.-"^J-':^«ii>--J«-,l»-H^-»^'-1Trt«l .W.llirtKMiH




> 3 4 ' 5 ' 6 7 8 9 10 ||
. 'Figure C-ll  Comparison Of The Group IV Baclorlal
               Counts For  15 Nursing Stations

-------
234
                                Bacterial Counts (Log10)





to
t-

5.
to
0
o:





23 4 5 6 7 89 10 11
___., 	 , 	 i 	 i 	 1 	 1



12;
33.
31;
32'


szgal
i i™" i "-rif yj'l ir'l vffSfl

~-^L'>~' • il^.l^J


i :'S i •'• i'^-":? -M?





52



6i :
~* 1 »
71
72^
83;
62 ;
82 I
41 ;

*
;. Y^-.t'..^ J.vi.<.,d



ISSH!SI2Z2SI

•'••""'• "V *]Vr irS


---' J.f J1f-'i-,iiIIi'3i!3

_1""^i^; }nf Ti

• ~'\ '•'• . .* • , ,^~ .'•_' -»al

"* g ~,T-~--.-f ^"ty'" »u'"m»?""'-^7l'»'»iiff^«i

•
I ; 1 : I i 	 1 	 1 	 1-; 	 1
? 3 4 5 6 7 89 10 11
                    Figure c-12  Comparison Of The Group V Bacterial
                                 Counts For 15 Nursing Stations

-------